0>>>>126-02-95 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन26-02-95 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban26-02-95 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x26-02-95 Om peace avyakt x
0> > 26-02-95 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban
2संगमयुग उत्सव का युग है उत्सव मनाना अर्थात् अविनाशी उमंग उत्साह में रहनाsaṅgamyug utsav kā yug hai utsav manānā arthāt avināśhī umaṅg utsāh mē̃ rahnāsaṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] utsav[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yug[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] utsav[x] manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt avināśhī[adj.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.]confluence age x of age be[pres.sg.23] x celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] that is imperishable zeal enthusiasm in remain[inf.m.sg.d.]
1To celebrate with festivity means to maintain imperishable zeal and enthusiasm.
3आज त्रिदेव रचता त्रिमूर्ति शिव बाप अपने रूहानी डायमण्ड्स के साथ आ डायमण्ड जुबली वा डायमण्ड जयन्ती मनाने आये हैं . āj tridēv rachtā trimūrti śhiv bāp apnē rūhānī diamonds kē sāth ā diamond jubilee vā diamond jayantī manānē āyē haĩ . āj tridēv rachtā[x] trimūrti śhiv[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūhānī[adj.] diamond kē sāth[x] ānā[root] diamond jubilee[x] vā diamond jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . today x Trimurti Shiva father one’s own spiritual diamond with come[root] x or diamond Jayanti celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
2Today, Trimurti Father Shiva, Tridev Rachta (the Creator of the Three Deities), has come to celebrate the diamond jubilee and the diamond birthday with His spiritual diamonds.
4इसी विचित्र जयन्ती को डायमण्ड जयन्ती कहते हो . isī vichitr jayantī kō diamond jayantī kahtē hō . yah[pn.sg.hī] vichitr[adj.] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] diamond jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] . this[.hī] unique Jayanti to diamond Jayanti say[pres.pl.m.2] . 5क्योंकि बाप अवतरित होते ही हैं कौड़ी समान आत्माओं को हीरे तुल्य बनाने . kyōṅki bāp avatarit hōtē hī haĩ kauṛī samān ātmāō̃ kō hīrē tulya banānē . kyōṅki bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] avatarit[adj.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kauṛī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] samān[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tulya[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] . because father x be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only be[pres.pl.12hon3] shell equal soul to diamond as valuable as create[inf.m.pl.,o.] .
3This unique birthday is called the diamond birthday because the Father incarnates to make the souls who are like shells become worth diamonds.
6यही एक वण्डरफुल जयन्ती है जो सारे कल्प में , सारे विश्व में सबसे न्यारी और प्यारी है . yahī ēk wonderful jayantī hai jō sārē kalp mē̃ , sārē viśhva mē̃ sabsē nyārī aur pyārī hai . yahī[pn.;d.] ēk[adj.] wonderful jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sabsē nyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this one wonderful Jayanti be[pres.sg.23] that the whole cycle in , the whole world in the most unique and loving be[pres.sg.23] .
4Throughout the kalpa, this is the only wonderful birthday which is the most unique and most lovely in the whole world.
7कोई भी जयन्ती मनाते हैं तो आत्माओं की , देहधारियों की जयन्ती मनाते हैं . kōī bhī jayantī manātē haĩ tō ātmāō̃ key|kī , dēhdhāriyō̃ key|kī jayantī manātē haĩ . kōī bhī[x] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] , dēhdhārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] manānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . anyone Jayanti celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then soul (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) , bodily being (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Jayanti celebrate[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 8लेकिन यह शिव जयन्ती शरीरधारी आत्मा की नहीं है , निराकार बिन्दु रूप की जयन्ती है . lēkin yah śhiv jayantī śharīrdhārī ātmā key|kī nahī̃ hai , nirākār bindu rūp key|kī jayantī hai . lēkin yah[pn.sg.d.] śhiv jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] śharīrdhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , nirākār[adj.] bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but this Shiva Jayanti bodily being soul (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) not be[pres.sg.23] , incorporeal point Rup (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Jayanti be[pres.sg.23] .
5Whenever you celebrate any birthday, it is of the souls, of bodily beings, but this birthday of Shiva is not of any bodily being, it is the birthday of the Incorporeal Point. 6When you say Shiv Jayanti, what do you remember? 7What comes in front of you?
9शिव जयन्ती कहने से ज्योतिबिन्दु रूप ही सामने आता है . śhiv jayantī kahnē sē jyōtibindu rūp hī sāmnē ātā hai . śhiv jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] jyōti bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] sāmnē ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . Shiva Jayanti say[inf.m.pl.,o.] from point of light Rup only x come[pres.sg.m.23] .
8Does any bodily being come in front of you? 9The form of the point of light appears, does it not?
10तो सारे कल्प में अशरीरी परम आत्मा की जयन्ती नहीं मनाई जाती . tō sārē kalp mē̃ aśharīrī param ātmā key|kī jayantī nahī̃ manāī jātī . tō sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aśharīrī[adj.] param[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] manānā[past-part.f.] jānā[pres-part.f.] . then the whole cycle in bodiless Supreme soul (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Jayanti not celebrate[past-part.f.] go[pres-part.f.] .
10Throughout the entire kalpa, you never celebrate the birthday of the bodiless Supreme Soul.
11एक ही त्रिमूर्ति शिव बाप की विचित्र जयन्ती है , जो अशरीरी है . ēk hī trimūrti śhiv bāp key|kī vichitr jayantī hai , jō aśharīrī hai . ēk[adj.] hī[p.] trimūrti śhiv[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] vichitr[adj.] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jō[pn.;d.] aśharīrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one only Trimurti Shiva father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) unique Jayanti be[pres.sg.23] , that bodiless be[pres.sg.23] .
11This is the only birthday of Trimurti Father Shiva, that is, of the bodiless being.
12और यही एक शिव जयन्ती है जो बाप और बच्चों की साथ साथ जयन्ती है . aur yahī ēk śhiv jayantī hai jō bāp aur bachchō̃ key|kī sāth sāth jayantī hai . aur yahī[pn.;d.] ēk[adj.] śhiv jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and this one Shiva Jayanti be[pres.sg.23] that father and child (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) with with Jayanti be[pres.sg.23] .
12And, this is the one Shiv Jayanti where it is the birthday of the children and the Father at the same time.
13आज सिर्फ बाप की जयन्ती मनाने आये हो वा ब्राह्मण आत्माओं की भी जयन्ती मनाने आये हो ? āj sirph bāp key|kī jayantī manānē āyē hō vā brāhmaṇ ātmāō̃ key|kī bhī jayantī manānē āyē hō ? āj sirph[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] vā brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ? today only father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Jayanti celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] or Brahmin soul (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too Jayanti celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ?
13Today, have you come to celebrate just the birthday of the Father or have you also come to celebrate the birthday of the Brahmin souls?
14सभी को बताते हो ना कि शिव जयन्ती सो त्रिमूर्ति जयन्ती , ब्राह्मण जयन्ती , तो इतनी आत्माओं की परमात्मा बाप के साथ साथ की जयन्ती-यह विचित्र है ना . sabhī kō batātē hō nā ki śhiv jayantī sō trimūrti jayantī , brāhmaṇ jayantī , tō itnī ātmāō̃ key|kī paramātmā bāp kē sāth sāth key|kī jayantī-yah vichitr hai nā . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] batānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ki[conj.] śhiv jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sō|sōnā[root] trimūrti[n.m.;sg.,d.] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , tō itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē sāth[x] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] x vichitr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . all to tell[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ that Shiva Jayanti (x|sleep[root]) Trimurti Jayanti , Brahmin Jayanti , then such soul (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Supreme Soul father with with (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x unique be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
14You tell everyone that Shiv Jayanti means the Trimurti Jayanti and the Brahmin Jayanti. 15So to have a birthday of so many souls together with the Father is most unique. 16In the lokik world, the birthday of the child and the father would not be the same.
15लौकिक रीति से बाप का जन्म दिन और बच्चे का जन्म दिन एक नहीं होगा . laukik rīti sē bāp kā janm din aur bachchē kā janm din ēk nahī̃ hōgā . laukik[adj.] rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . worldly way from father of (be born[root]|life) day and child of (be born[root]|life) day one not be[fut.m.sg.23] . 16दिन चाहे एक हो लेकिन वर्ष में अन्तर पड़ जायेगा . din chāhē ēk hō lēkin varṣh mē̃ antar paṛ jāyēgā . din[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē ēk[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . day (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) one (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but year in difference fall[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
17The date may be the same, but there would be a difference in the year. 18So you have reached here from so far away in order to celebrate such a lovely and unique birthday.
17तो ऐसी विचित्र जयन्ती , न्यारी और प्यारी जयन्ती मनाने कहाँ कहाँ से पहुँच गये हो ! tō aisī vichitr jayantī , nyārī aur pyārī jayantī manānē kahā̃ kahā̃ sē pahũch gayē hō ! tō aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] vichitr[adj.] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , nyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kahā̃ kahā̃ sē[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ! then such unique Jayanti , unique and loving Jayanti celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] where where from reach[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] !
19Why have you come from the corners of the world? 20Why have you come here? 21To celebrate your own birthday or the birthday of the Father?
18विश्व के कोने कोने से किसलिए आये हो ? viśhva K|kē kōnē kōnē sē kisliē āyē hō ? viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] kisliē ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ? world (K|of) corner corner from x come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] ? 19अपनी जयन्ती मनाने या बाप की ? apnī jayantī manānē yā bāp key|kī ? apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] yā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ? one’s own Jayanti celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] or father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) ?
22Or of both? 23So, would you give congratulations to the Father or would the Father congratulate you?
20या दोनों की ? yā dōnō̃ key|kī ? yā dōnō̃ key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] ? or x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) ? 21तो आप बाप को मुबारक देंगे या बाप आपको देंगे ? tō āp bāp kō mubārak dēgē yā bāp āpkō dēgē ? tō āp[pn.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then you father to congratulations give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or father you[.kō] give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
24You give congratulations to the Father, and the Father says to you: Multimillion times congratulations.
22आप बाप को कहते हो मुबारक हो और बाप आपको कहते हैं पदम पदमगुणा मुबारक हो . āp bāp kō kahtē hō mubārak hō aur bāp āpkō kahtē haĩ padam padamguṇā mubārak hō . āp[pn.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . you father to say[pres.pl.m.2] congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and father you[.kō] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] multimillion multimillion-fold congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
25Each Brahmin soul is even more valuable than a diamond. 26Those physical diamonds are nothing in front of you.
23एक एक ब्राह्मण आत्मा हीरे से भी मूल्यवान हो . ēk ēk brāhmaṇ ātmā hīrē sē bhī mūlyavān hō . ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] mūlyavān[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . one one Brahmin soul diamond from too x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 24यह स्थूल हीरा तो आपके आगे कुछ भी नहीं है . yah sthūl hīrā tō āpkē āgē kuchh bhī nahī̃ hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] sthūl[adj.] hīrā[n.f.;sg.]|hīrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō āp[pn.pl.kē] āgē kuchh bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this physical (x|diamond) then you[.kē] previously anything not be[pres.sg.23] .
27Because there is value for diamonds in this world, you are said to be as valuable as diamonds, but what are diamonds compared to how valuable you are?
25इस दुनिया में हीरे का मूल्य है इसलिये हीरे जैसा कहा जाता है . is duniyā mē̃ hīrē kā mūlya hai isliyē hīrē jaisā kahā jātā hai . yah[pn.sg.o.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mūlya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] isliē hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . this world in diamond of value be[pres.sg.23] therefore diamond like (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) .
28Are they worth anything? 29Nothing at all! 30Those diamonds will be embedded in the walls of your palaces.
26लेकिन आपके मूल्य के आगे हीरा क्या है ! lēkin āpkē mūlya kē āgē hīrā kyā hai ! lēkin āp[pn.pl.kē] mūlya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē āgē[x] hīrā[n.f.;sg.]|hīrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! but you[.kē] value in front of (x|diamond) what be[pres.sg.23] !
31Each Brahmin soul is more valuable than the diamonds.
27कुछ भी नहीं . kuchh bhī nahī̃ . kuchh bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] . anything not . 28यही हीरे तो आपके महलों में , दीवारों में होंगे . yahī hīrē tō āpkē mahalō̃ mē̃ , dīvārō̃ mē̃ hōṅgē . yahī[pn.;d.] hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō āp[pn.pl.kē] mahal[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] , dīvār[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . this diamond then you[.kē] palace in , wall in be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
32In all four directions, BapDada is seeing the children who are even more valuable than diamonds.
29हीरे से भी ज्यादा एक एक ब्राह्मण आत्मा हो . hīrē sē bhī jyādā ēk ēk brāhmaṇ ātmā hō . hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . diamond from too more one one Brahmin soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
33It is not just the Madhuban gathering in front of BapDada, but the gathering of the Brahmin souls in all four directions.
30बापदादा चारों ओर के बच्चों को जो हीरे से भी अमूल्य हैं , सबको सामने देख रहे हैं . bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr K|kē bachchō̃ kō jō hīrē sē bhī amūlya haĩ , sabkō sāmnē dēkh rahē haĩ . bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] hīrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] amūlya[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sabkō sāmnē dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada everywhere (K|of) child to that diamond from too invaluable be[pres.pl.12hon3] , everything x see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
34Call it songs or words of greetings filled with love from the heart, Baba is listening to these very closely. 35The sound of the heart reaches the Comforter of Hearts in advance.
31बापदादा के आगे सिर्फ मधुबन की सभा नहीं है लेकिन विश्व के चारों ओर के ब्राह्मण बच्चों की सभा है . bāpdādā kē āgē sirph madhuban key|kī sabhā nahī̃ hai lēkin viśhva K|kē chārō̃ ōr K|kē brāhmaṇ bachchō̃ key|kī sabhā hai . bāpdādā kē āgē[x] sirph[adj.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada in front of only Madhuban (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) court not be[pres.sg.23] but world (K|of) everywhere (K|of) Brahmin child (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) court be[pres.sg.23] .
36So BapDada was seeing that the practical proof of the service of the children is reaching the sweet home of the Father in Madhuban from all four directions.
32सबके दिल की मुबारक के स्नेह भरे गीत कहो , बोल कहो बाप समीप से सुन रहे हैं . sabkē dil key|kī mubārak K|kē snēh bharē gīt kahō , bōl kahō bāp samīp sē sun rahē haĩ . sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bharnā[opt.sg.23]|bharnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] samīp[adj.] sē[postp.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . everyone's heart (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations (K|of) love (fill[opt.sg.23]|fill[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) x say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (speak[root]|x) say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] father close from listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 33दिल का आवाज दिलाराम के पास पहले पहुँचता है . dil kā āvāj dilārām kē pās pahlē pahuñchtā hai . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] dilārām kē pās[x] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] . heart of noise x to (x|firstly) reach[pres.sg.m.23] .
37Shiv Jayanti is known as a festival and only you Brahmins celebrate this festival accurately, because festivity means that everyone stays in zeal and enthusiasm.
34तो बापदादा देख रहे हैं कि बच्चों के सेवा का प्रत्यक्ष प्रमाण चारों ओर से मधुबन , बाप के स्वीट होम तक पहुँच रहा है . tō bāpdādā dēkh rahē haĩ ki bachchō̃ K|kē sēvā kā pratyakṣha pramāṇ chārō̃ ōr sē madhuban , bāp K|kē sweet home tak pahũch rahā hai . tō bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣh[adj.] pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ chārō̃ ōr[x] sē[postp.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sweet home[x] tak pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . then BapDada see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that child (K|of) service of visible (under) everywhere from Madhuban , father (K|of) sweet home until reach[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
38Therefore, all those who are sitting here, whether you are sitting at the front, sitting at the back or in a corner, you are not in a corner, you are in Baba's heart. 39How much zeal and enthusiasm do each of you have in your heart?
35वैसे भी शिव जयन्ती को उत्सव कहते हैं . vaisē bhī śhiv jayantī kō utsav kahtē haĩ . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] śhiv jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] utsav[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . x too Shiva Jayanti to x say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
40You have this, do you not? 41Is it eternal or only for today?
36यथार्थ रीति से उत्सव आप ब्राह्मण ही मनाते हो . yathārth rīti sē utsav āp brāhmaṇ hī manātē hō . yathārth[adj.] rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] utsav[x] āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] manānā[pres.pl.m.2] . x way from x you Brahmin only celebrate[pres.pl.m.2] .
42Is it eternal? 43Or will it decrease slightly tomorrow?
37क्योंकि उत्सव का अर्थ ही है-सर्व उत्साह उमंग में रहें . kyōṅki utsav kā arth|earth hī hai-sarva utsāh umaṅg mē̃ rahē̃ . kyōṅki utsav[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] x utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . because x of (meaning|earth) only x enthusiasm zeal in remain[opt.pl.12hon3] .
44Or will it decrease by the time you reach your own country? 45Will it decrease? 46So what will happen?
38तो आप जो भी बैठे हो , सभी के दिल में उत्साह और उमंग कितना है ? tō āp jō bhī baiṭhē hō , sabhī K|kē dil mē̃ utsāh aur umaṅg kitnā hai ? tō āp[pn.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , sab[adv.hī] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then you that too sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , all (K|of) heart in enthusiasm and zeal so be[pres.sg.23] ?
47Will it increase? 48This is why BapDada called this elevated confluence age the age of festivity.
39अविनाशी है या आज के लिये है ? avināśhī hai yā āj K|kē liyē hai ? avināśhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā āj K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[x] ? imperishable be[pres.sg.23] or today (K|of) take[x] ?
49Each day for you is filled with enthusiasm.
40अविनाशी है ना ? avināśhī hai nā ? avināśhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? imperishable be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
50This is why each day is a festival.
41इसलिये बापदादा इस श्रेष्ठ संगमयुग को उत्सव का युग कहते हैं . isliyē bāpdādā is śhrēṣhṭh saṅgamyug kō utsav kā yug kahtē haĩ . isliē bāpdādā yah[pn.sg.o.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] utsav[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yug[x] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . therefore BapDada this elevated confluence age to x of age say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 42हर दिन आपके लिये उत्साह सम्पन्न है . har|her din āpkē liyē utsāh sampann hai . harnā[root]|har|her din[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampann[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x[root]|x) day you[.kē] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] enthusiasm full be[pres.sg.23] .
51Is it like this? 52Or is it that sometimes it is only a festival when there is a festival, for instance, just as today is Shiv Ratri?
43हर दिन उत्सव है . har|her din utsav hai . harnā[root]|har|her din[n.m.;sg.,d.] utsav[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x[root]|x) day x be[pres.sg.23] .
53Is it like this?
44जो गायन है , आप लोग टॉपिक रखते हो अनेकता में एकता तो प्रैक्टिकल में अनेक देश , अनेक भाषायें , अनेक रूप रंग लेकिन अनेकता में भी सबके दिल में एकता है ना ! jō gāyan hai , āp lōg topic rakhtē hō anēktā mē̃ ēktā tō practical mē̃ anēk dēśh , anēk bhāṣhāyē̃ , anēk rūp raṅg lēkin anēktā mē̃ bhī sabkē dil mē̃ ēktā hai nā ! jō[pn.;d.] gāyan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] topic rakhnā[pres.pl.m.2] anēktā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ēktā[n.f.;sg.] tō practical mē̃[postp.] anēk[adj.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , anēk[adj.] bhāṣhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , anēk[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] raṅgnā[root]|raṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēkin anēktā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! that x be[pres.sg.23] , you people topic keep[pres.pl.m.2] x in unity then practical in many land , many language , many Rup (x[root]|colour) but x in too everyone's heart in unity be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
54There is the praise and you also have this topic "Unity in Diversity". 55Therefore, in a practical way, there are all the different lands, all the different languages, all the different forms and colors, but even amidst the diversity, what exists in each one's heart?
45क्योंकि एक बाप है . kyōṅki ēk bāp hai . kyōṅki ēk[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because one father be[pres.sg.23] .
56There is unity, is there not?
46चाहे अमेरिका से आये हो , चाहे अफ्रीका से आये हो लेकिन दिल में एक बाप है . chāhē America sē āyē hō , chāhē aphrīkā sē āyē hō lēkin dil mē̃ ēk bāp hai . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē America sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē aphrīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) America from come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) Africa from come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] but heart in one father be[pres.sg.23] .
57Because the Father is one. 58Whether you have come from America or from Africa, what is in your heart? 59The one Father.
47एक श्रीमत पर चलने वाले हो . ēk śhrīmat par chalnē vālē hō . ēk[adj.] śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . one shrimat (at|other) continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
60You are those who follow the shrimat of the One.
48तो बापदादा को अच्छा लगता है कि अनेक भाषाओं में होते हुए भी मन का गीत , मन की भाषा एक है . tō bāpdādā kō achchhā lagtā hai ki anēk bhāṣhāō̃ mē̃ hōtē huē bhī man kā gīt , man key|kī bhāṣhā ēk hai . tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] anēk[adj.] bhāṣhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then BapDada to enjoy that many language in be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too mind of x , mind (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) language one be[pres.sg.23] .
61So BapDada likes the fact that whilst all of you have different languages, the song or language of the mind is the same.
49चाहे किसी भी भाषा वाले हो , काला ताज तो मिला है ( सभी हेडफोन से अपनी अपनी भाषा में सुन रहे हैं ) , अभी यही काला ताज बदलकर गोल्डन हो जायेगा . chāhē kisī bhī bhāṣhā vālē hō , kālā tāj tō milā hai ( sabhī headphone sē apnī apnī bhāṣhā mē̃ sun rahē haĩ ) , abhī yahī kālā tāj badalkar golden hō jāyēgā . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , kālā[x] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ( sab[adv.hī] headphone sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) , ab[adv.hī] yahī[pn.;d.] kālā[x] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] badalnā[abs.] golden hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) (some|anything) too language those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , ugly crown then receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ( all x from one’s own one’s own language in listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) , now this ugly crown change[abs.] golden be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
62Whichever language you speak, you all have a black crown. 63You haven't received a golden crown but you have a black crown. 64(Headphones on each one's head.) 65These will now change and become golden.
50लेकिन सबके मन की भाषा एक है और एक ही शब्द है , मेरा बाबा . lēkin sabkē man key|kī bhāṣhā ēk hai aur ēk hī śhabda hai , mērā bābā . lēkin sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur ēk[adj.] hī[p.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā . but everyone's mind (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) language one be[pres.sg.23] and one only word be[pres.sg.23] , I[.kā] Baba .
66The language of everyone's mind is the same and of just one expression.
51सभी भाषा वाले बोलो मेरा बाबा . sabhī bhāṣhā vālē bōlō mērā bābā . sab[adv.hī] bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā . all language those who speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] I[.kā] Baba .
67What is this one expression? 68My Baba.
52हाँ , यह एक ही है . hā̃ , yah ēk hī hai . hā̃ , yah[pn.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . yes , this one only be[pres.sg.23] .
69This is only one word.
53तो अनेकता में एकता है ना ! tō anēktā mē̃ ēktā hai nā ! tō anēktā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ēktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! then x in unity be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
70So there is unity in diversity.
54तो उत्साह में रहने वाले अर्थात् सदा उत्सव मनाने वाली श्रेष्ठ आत्मायें हो . tō utsāh mē̃ rahnē vālē arthāt sadā utsav manānē vālī śhrēṣhṭh ātmāyē̃ hō . tō utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] arthāt sadā utsav[x] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then enthusiasm in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who that is constantly x celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who elevated soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
71So to maintain your enthusiasm means to be an elevated soul who constantly celebrates with festivity.
55कभी भी उत्साह कम नहीं होना चाहिये . kabhī bhī utsāh cum|kam nahī̃ hōnā chāhiyē . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[.oblig3] . ever too enthusiasm (x|less) not be[.oblig3] .
72Your enthusiasm should never decrease.
56पहले भी सुनाया था-ब्राह्मण जीवन का सांस है उमंग उत्साह . pahlē bhī sunāyā thā-brāhmaṇ jīvan kā sāns hai umaṅg utsāh . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] x jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhvāṅs[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] . (x|firstly) too speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] x life of breathing be[pres.sg.23] zeal enthusiasm .
73You were told earlier also that the breath of Brahmin life is zeal and enthusiasm.
57अगर सांस चला जाये तो जीवन सेकेण्ड में खत्म हो जायेगी ना ! agar sāns chalā jāyē tō jīvan second mē̃ khatm hō jāyēgī nā ! agar śhvāṅs[n.f.;sg.] chalānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive] tō jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] second mē̃[postp.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] nā ! if breathing (x[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive]) then life second in finished be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] ∅ !
74If you stopped breathing, would you have life? 75You would be finished in one second, would you not?
58तो ब्राह्मण जीवन में यदि उमंग उत्साह का सांस नहीं तो ब्राह्मण जीवन नहीं . tō brāhmaṇ jīvan mē̃ yadi umaṅg utsāh kā sāns nahī̃ tō brāhmaṇ jīvan nahī̃ . tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yadi umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhvāṅs[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃ tō[x] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] . then Brahmin life in x zeal enthusiasm of breathing otherwise Brahmin life not .
76So, in Brahmin life too, if there isn't the breath of zeal and enthusiasm, then there is no Brahmin life. 77Even when you say it, your language sometimes changes.
59जो सदा उमंग उत्साह में होगा , वो फलक से कहेगा कि ब्राह्मण हैं ही उत्साह उमंग के लिये . jō sadā umaṅg utsāh mē̃ hōgā , vō phalak sē kahēgā ki brāhmaṇ haĩ hī utsāh umaṅg K|kē liyē . jō[pn.;d.] sadā umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , vah[pn.;d.] phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[fut.m.sg.23] ki[conj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . that constantly zeal enthusiasm in be[fut.m.sg.23] , that sparkle of intoxication from say[fut.m.sg.23] that Brahmin be[pres.pl.12hon3] only enthusiasm zeal (K|of) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
78Those who have zeal and enthusiasm would constantly say with spiritual intoxication that Brahmins are for zeal and enthusiasm.
60और जिसका उमंग उत्साह कम हो जाता है उसके बोल ही बदल जाते हैं . aur jiskā umaṅg utsāh kam hō jātā hai uskē bōl hī badal jātē haĩ . aur jō[pn.sg.kā] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kam hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] uskā[pn.sg.kē] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] badalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . and that[.kā] zeal enthusiasm decrease of that[.kē] (speak[root]|x) only change[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
79When someone's zeal and enthusiasm have decreased, his words change. 80What would he then say?
61वो कहेगा-हैं तो सही … , होना तो चाहिये … , हो जायेगा … तो ये भाषा और उस भाषा में कितना अन्तर है ! vō kahēgā-haĩ tō sahī … , hōnā tō chāhiyē … , hō jāyēgā … tō yē bhāṣhā aur us bhāṣhā mē̃ kitnā antar hai ! vah[pn.;d.] x tō sahī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] … , hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō chāhiē … , hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] … tō yah[pn.pl.d.] bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] aur vah[pn.sg.o.] bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! that x then x … , be[inf.m.sg.d.] then should … , be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] … then this language and that language in so difference be[pres.sg.23] !
81"It's true, it should be like this; it will happen". 82So there is so much difference in this language and that language.
62उसके हर बोल में तो जरूर होगा-होना तो चाहिये … तो ये जो तो तो होता है ना , ये उमंग उत्साह का प्रेशर कम होने से ही ऐसे बोल , कमज़ोरी के बोल निकलते हैं . uskē har|her bōl mē̃ tō jarūr hōgā-hōnā tō chāhiyē … tō yē jō tō tō hōtā hai nā , yē umaṅg utsāh kā pressure cum|kam hōnē sē hī aisē bōl , kamzōrī K|kē bōl nikaltē haĩ . uskā[pn.sg.kē] harnā[root]|har|her bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō zarūr x tō chāhiē … tō yah[pn.pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] tō tō hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā , yah[pn.pl.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pressure cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] hī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bōlnā[root]|bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kamjōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bōlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+nikalnā] . of that[.kē] (x[root]|x) (speak[root]|x) in then definitely x then should … then this that then then be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ , this zeal enthusiasm of pressure (x|less) be[inf.m.pl.,o.] from only such (speak[root]|x) , weakness (K|of) speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+nikalnā] .
83In the other language (of words), there will definitely be the words "It should be; they should be Brahmins, but.....". 84So when you use these words, "It should be, it should be" when the pressure of your zeal and enthusiasm has reduced, what words emerge?
63तो उमंग उत्साह कभी कम नहीं होना चाहिये . tō umaṅg utsāh kabhī cum|kam nahī̃ hōnā chāhiyē . tō umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[.oblig3] . then zeal enthusiasm ever (x|less) not be[.oblig3] .
85Words of weakness emerge. 86Therefore, your zeal and enthusiasm should never decrease.
64उमंग उत्साह कम क्यों होता है ? umaṅg utsāh cum|kam kyō̃ hōtā hai ? umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] kyō̃ hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? zeal enthusiasm (x|less) why be[pres.sg.m.23] ?
87Why does your zeal and enthusiasm decrease?
65बापदादा कहते हैं सदा वाह वाह कहो और कहते हैं व्हाई व्हाई ( W h y , W h y ) . bāpdādā kahtē haĩ sadā vāh vāh kahō aur kahtē haĩ why why ( W h y , W h y ) . bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] sadā vāh vāh kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] why why ( W h y , W h y ) . BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] constantly wah! wah! say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x x ( W h y , W h y ) .
88The first word that comes up in any circumstance is not "wah! wah!", but "why?"
66अगर कोई भी परिस्थिति में व्हाई शब्द आ जाता है तो उमंग उत्साह का प्रेशर कम हो जाता है . agar kōī bhī paristhiti mē̃ why śhabda ā jātā hai tō umaṅg utsāh kā pressure kam hō jātā hai . agar kōī bhī[x] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] why śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] tō umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pressure kam hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . if anyone circumstances in x word come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] then zeal enthusiasm of pressure decrease .
89BapDada says that you have to say "Wah wah", and others say "why? why?". 90If the word "why" comes up, the pressure of zeal and enthusiasm decreases.
67बापदादा ने अगले साल भी विशेष डबल फारेनर्स को कहा था कि व्हाई शब्द को ब्राह्मण डिक्शनरी में चेंज करो , जब व्हाई शब्द आये तो फ्लाय शब्द याद रखो तो व्हाई खत्म हो जायेगा . bāpdādā nē aglē sāl bhī viśhēṣh double foreigners kō kahā thā ki why śhabda kō brāhmaṇ dictionary mē̃ change karō , jab why śhabda āyē tō fly śhabda yād rakhō tō why khatm hō jāyēgā . bāpdādā nē[postp.] aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] double foreigner kō[postp.] kahnā[past-perf.m.sg.] ki[conj.] why śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dictionary mē̃[postp.] change karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jab why śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] tō fly śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō why ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . BapDada ∅ next year too special double foreigner to say[past-perf.m.sg.] that x word to Brahmin x in change do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , when x word (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) then fly word remember then x finished be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
91Last year also, BapDada especially told the double foreigners to change the word "why" in the Brahmin dictionary. 92When the word "why" comes up, remember the word "fly" and the word "why" will then finish.
68कोई भी परिस्थिति छोटी भी जब बड़ी लगती है तो व्हाई शब्द आता है-ये क्यों , ये क्या … और फ्लाय कर लो तो परिस्थिति क्या होगी ? kōī bhī paristhiti chhōṭī bhī jab baṛī lagtī hai tō why śhabda ātā hai-yē kyō̃ , yē kyā … aur fly kar lō tō paristhiti kyā hōgī ? kōī bhī[x] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] jab baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō why śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x kyō̃ , yah[pn.pl.d.] kyā … aur fly karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] tō paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] ? anyone circumstances small too when very x[pres.sg.f.23] then x word come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x why , this what … and fly do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] then circumstances what be[fut.f.sg.23] ?
93When any insignificant circumstances seem to be very big, the word "why" comes up; "Why is this like this? 94Why is that like that?" 95And, when you begin to fly, what happens to the circumstance?
69छोटा साखिलौना . chhōṭā sākhilaunā . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x . small x .
96It becomes a small toy.
70तो जब भी व्हाई शब्द मन में आवे तो कहो ब्राह्मण डिक्शनरी में व्हाई शब्द नहीं है , फ्लाय है . tō jab bhī why śhabda man mē̃ āvē tō kahō brāhmaṇ dictionary mē̃ why śhabda nahī̃ hai , fly hai . tō jab bhī[p.] why śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[opt.sg.23] tō kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] dictionary mē̃[postp.] why śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , fly hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then when too x word mind in come[opt.sg.23] then say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] Brahmin x in x word not be[pres.sg.23] , fly be[pres.sg.23] .
97So whenever the word, "why" comes up in your mind, say to yourself, "This word, 'why' does not exist in the Brahmin dictionary; instead, it's the word "fly".
71क्योंकि व्हाई व्हाई , हाय हाय करा देता है . kyōṅki why why , hāy hāy karā dētā hai . kyōṅki why why , hāy hāy karānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . because x x , Hai! Hai! make commit[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] .
98Are you able to do this, or are you only able to listen to this?
72बापदादा को हंसी भी आती है , एक तरफ कहेंगे-नहीं , हमारे जैसा श्रेष्ठ भाग्य किसका नहीं है . bāpdādā kō hansī bhī ātī hai , ēk taraph kahēṅgē-nahī̃ , hamārē jaisā śhrēṣhṭh bhāgya kiskā nahī̃ hai . bāpdādā kō[postp.] hãsnā[past-part.f.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] , ēk taraph[x] x , ham[pn.pl.kē] jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.sg.kā] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada to laugh out[past-part.f.] too come[pres.sg.f.23] , x x , we[.kē] like elevated x who[.kā] not be[pres.sg.23] .
99From the copper age you have been saying "why? why?". 100Why, why makes you hai hai (cry out in distress).
73अभी अभी यह कहेंगे और अभी अभी उत्साह कम हुआ तो कहेंगे-पता नहीं मेरा भाग्य ही ऐसा है ! abhī abhī yah kahē̃gē aur abhī abhī utsāh kam huā tō kahēṅgē-patā nahī̃ mērā bhāgya hī aisā hai ! ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] aur ab[adv.hī] ab[adv.hī] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kam hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō x nahī̃[neg] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! now now this say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] and now now enthusiasm decrease then x not I[.kā] x only such be[pres.sg.23] ! 74मेरे भाग्य में इतना ही है ! mērē bhāgya mē̃ itnā hī hai ! maĩ[pn.sg.kē] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! I[.kē] x in such only be[pres.sg.23] ! 75तो हाय हाय हो गया ना ! tō hāy hāy hō gayā nā ! tō hāy hāy hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā ! then Hai! Hai! be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ !
101BapDada is amused, because, on the one hand, you say, "No one's fortune is as elevated as mine"; one minute, you will say this, and as soon as your enthusiasm decreases, you say, "I don't know, my fortune is like this, I only have this much in my fortune".
76तो जब भी हाय हाय का नजारा आवे तो वाह वाह कर लो तो नजारा भी बदल जायेगा और आप भी बदल जायेंगे . tō jab bhī hāy hāy kā najārā āvē tō vāh vāh kar lō tō najārā bhī badal jāyēgā aur āp bhī badal jāyēṅgē . tō jab bhī[p.] hāy hāy kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nazārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[opt.sg.23] tō vāh vāh karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] tō nazārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] badalnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] aur āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] badalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . then when too Hai! Hai! of scene come[opt.sg.23] then wah! wah! do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] then scene too change[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] and you too change[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . 77डबल विदेशी आजकल पॉजिटिवथिंकिंग का कोर्स कराते हो ना . double vidēśhī ājkal pôjiṭivathiṅkiṅg kā course karātē hō nā . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ājkal x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] course karānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . double foreigner nowadays x of course make commit[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .
102And so, this is crying out in distress, is it not? 103So when any scene of "hai hai" comes in front of you, say instead, "wah wah", and the scene will change and you will also change.
78सभी विदेश में विशेष कोर्स यह कराते हो ? sabhī vidēśh mē̃ viśhēṣh course yah karātē hō ? sab[adv.hī] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] course yah[pn.sg.d.] karānā[pres.pl.m.2] ? all abroad in special course this make commit[pres.pl.m.2] ?
104Double foreigners give a course; what course do you give nowadays?
79तो अपने को भी कराते हो या दूसरों को कराते हो ? tō apnē kō bhī karātē hō yā dūsrō̃ kō karātē hō ? tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] karānā[pres.pl.m.2] yā dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] karānā[pres.pl.m.2] ? then one’s own to too make commit[pres.pl.m.2] or other to make commit[pres.pl.m.2] ?
105Positive thinking. 106Do all of you in the foreign lands especially give this course?
80जिस समय कोई ऐसी परिस्थिति आ जाये तो अपने को ही स्टूडेण्ड बनाकर , खुद ही टीचर बन करके अपने को यह कोर्स कराओ . jis samay kōī aisī paristhiti ā jāyē tō apnē kō hī student banākar , khud hī teacher ban karkē apnē kō yah course karāō . jis samay[x] kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] hī[p.] student banānā[abs.] , khud hī[p.] teacher bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] course karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x some such circumstances come[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then one’s own to only student create[abs.] , oneself only teacher (become[root]|x) do[abs.] one’s own to this course make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
107Do you give it to yourself, or to others? 108At any time, when such circumstances arise, make yourself a student, be your own teacher and give this course to yourself.
81अपने को करा सकते हो या सिर्फ दूसरे को करा सकते हो ? apnē kō karā saktē hō yā sirph dūsrē kō karā saktē hō ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] karānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] yā sirph[adj.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] karānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? one’s own to make commit[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] or only other to make commit[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
109Are you able to give this course to yourself or are you only able to give it to others?
82दूसरे को कराना सहज है . dūsrē kō karānā sahaj hai . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] karānā[inf.m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . other to make commit[inf.m.sg.d.] easy be[pres.sg.23] .
110It is easy to give it to others.
83जब यह नेचुरल स्थिति हो जाये कि हर व्यक्ति को , बात को पॉजिटिव वृत्ति से देखो , सुनो या सोचो तो कैसी स्थिति रहेगी ? jab yah natural sthiti hō jāyē ki har|her vyakti kō , bāt kō positive vr̥itti sē dēkhō , sunō yā sōchō tō kaisī sthiti rahēgī ? jab yah[pn.sg.d.] natural sthiti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ki[conj.] harnā[root]|har|her vyakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] , bāt[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] positive vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sunnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yā sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[fut.f.sg.23] ? when this natural stage be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] that (x[root]|x) x to , matter to positive attitude from see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , listen[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] or think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then how stage remain[fut.f.sg.23] ?
111When it becomes your natural stage to see, to listen to and to think of any person or any matter with a positive attitude, what will your stage be like?
84आजकल के साइन्स द्वारा भी ऐसे साधन निकले हैं जो रफ माल को भी बहुत सुन्दर रूप में बदल देते हैं . ājkal K|kē science dvārā bhī aisē sādhan nikalē haĩ jō rough māl kō bhī bahut sundar rūp mē̃ badal dētē haĩ . ājkal K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] science dvārā bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] rough māl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bahut sundar[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] badalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . nowadays (K|of) science through too such facilities be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that rough rich food to too very x Rup in change[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
112Nowadays, through science, they have such facilities through which they are able to give rough things a very beautiful appearance. 113Have you seen this?
85देखा है ना-क्या से क्या बना देते हैं ! dēkhā hai nā-kyā sē kyā banā dētē haĩ ! dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] x sē[postp.] kyā banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] ! see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] x from what create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] !
114They change one thing into something completely different.
86तो आपकी वृत्ति क्या ऐसा परिवर्तन नहीं कर सकती ? tō āpkī vr̥itti kyā aisā parivartan nahī̃ kar saktī ? tō āp[pn.pl.kī] vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.f.] ? then you[.kī] attitude what such transformation not do[root] can[pres-part.f.] ?
115So can your attitude not bring about such transformation?
87आवे निगेटिव रूप में लेकिन आप निगेटिव को पॉजिटिव वृत्ति से बदल दो . āvē negative rūp mē̃ lēkin āp negative kō positive vr̥itti sē badal dō . ānā[opt.sg.23] negative rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lēkin āp[pn.pl.] negative kō[postp.] positive vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] badalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . come[opt.sg.23] negative Rup in but you negative to positive attitude from change[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
116Something may come up in a negative form, but with a positive attitude you change the negative into positive.
88अगर हलचल में आते हैं तो उसका कारण है-निगेटिव सुनना , सोचना वा बोलना या करना . agar halchal mē̃ ātē haĩ tō uskā kāraṇ hai-nigēṭiv sunnā , sōchnā vā bōlnā yā karnā . agar halchal[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō vah[pn.sg.kā] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] x sunnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] vā bōlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . if upheaval in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then that[.kā] because x listen[inf.m.sg.d.] , think[inf.m.sg.d.] or speak[inf.m.sg.d.] or do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
117When you come into fluctuation, the reason is because of listening to, thinking of, speaking of, or doing something negative.
89ये मॉडल बनाते हो ना-न सोचो , न देखो , न बोलो , न करो . yē model banātē hō nā-n sōchō , na dēkhō , na bōlō , na karō . yah[pn.pl.d.] model[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.2] x sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , na[neg] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , na[neg] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , na[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this model create[pres.pl.m.2] x think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , not see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , not speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
118Do not think, speak, listen to or do anything negative.
90साइलेन्स की पॉवर क्या निगेटिव को पॉजिटिव में नहीं बदल सकती ! silence key|kī power kyā negative kō positive mē̃ nahī̃ badal saktī ! silence key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] power kyā negative kō[postp.] positive mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] badal[n.m.;sg.,d.]|badalnā[root] saknā[pres-part.f.] ! silence (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) power what negative to positive in not (x|change[root]) can[pres-part.f.] !
119Can the power of silence not change something negative into positive?
91आपका मन और बुद्धि ऐसा बन जाये जो निगेटिव टच नहीं करे , सेकण्ड में परिवर्तन हो जाये . āpkā man aur buddhi aisā ban jāyē jō negative touch nahī̃ karē , second mē̃ parivartan hō jāyē . āp[pn.pl.kā] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur buddhi[n.f.;sg.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] jō[pn.;d.] negative touch nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.23] , second mē̃[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . you[.kā] mind and intellect such become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] that negative touch not do[opt.sg.23] , second in transformation be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
120Your mind and intellect should become such that they do not touch anything negative. 121There should be transformation in a second.
92ऐसे तीव्र गति की अनुभूति कर सकते हो ? aisē tīvr gati key|kī anubhūti kar saktē hō ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tīvr[adj.] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ? such intense speed (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) experience do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?
122Can you experience such a fast speed?
93मन और बुद्धि ऐसा तीव्र गति का यन्त्र बन जाये . man aur buddhi aisā tīvr gati kā yantra ban jāyē . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur buddhi[n.f.;sg.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tīvr[adj.] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yantra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . mind and intellect such intense speed of instrument become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
123The mind and the intellect should become such fast weapons.
94बन सकता है कि टाइम लगेगा ? ban saktā hai ki time lagēgā ? bannā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ki[conj.] time lagnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? become[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] that time x[fut.m.sg.23] ?
124Can they become this, or will it take time?
95कि निगेटिव बात आयेगी तो कहेंगे कि थोड़ा सोचने तो दो , देखें तो सही क्या है ! ki negative bāt āyēgī tō kahē̃gē ki thōṛā sōchnē tō dō , dēkhē̃ tō sahī kyā hai ! ki[conj.] negative bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] tō kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sōchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] tō dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] , dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō sahī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! that negative matter come[fut.f.sg.23] then say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that short think[inf.m.pl.,o.] then (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) , see[opt.pl.12hon3] then x what be[pres.sg.23] !
125Or, when something negative comes up, will you say, "Let me think about it a little, let me see what it is."?
96क्विक स्पीड से परिवर्तन हो जाये-इसको कहा जाता है ब्राह्मण जीवन का मजा , मौज . quick speed sē parivartan hō jāyē-isakō kahā jātā hai brāhmaṇ jīvan kā majā , mauj . quick speed[x] sē[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] x kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , mauj[n.f.;sg.] . x from transformation (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) x (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) Brahmin life of pleasure , pleasure .
126When transformation takes place quickly, it is known as the pleasure and enjoyment of Brahmin life.
97अगर जीना है तो मौज से जीयें . agar jīnā hai tō mauj sē jīyē̃ . agar jīnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō mauj[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] jīnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . if live[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then pleasure from live[opt.pl.12hon3] .
127If you want to live, live with enjoyment.
98सोच सोचकर जीना वो जीना नहीं है . sōch sōchkar jīnā vō jīnā nahī̃ hai . sōchnā[root] sōchnā[abs.] jīnā[inf.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.;d.] jīnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . think[root] think[abs.] live[inf.m.sg.d.] that live[inf.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] .
128To live a life with a lot of thinking is not living.
99आप लोग औरों को कहते हो कि राजयोग जीने की कला है . āp lōg aurō̃ kō kahtē hō ki rājyōg jīnē key|kī kalā hai . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] rājyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you people others to say[pres.pl.m.2] that Raja Yoga live[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) degree be[pres.sg.23] .
129You tell other people what Raja Yoga is; that it is the art of living.
100तो आप लोग राजयोगी जीवन वाले हो ना ! tō āp lōg rājyōgī jīvan vālē hō nā ! tō āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] rājyōgī[adj.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! then you people Raja Yogi life those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
130Do you tell this to everyone? 131So, who are all of you?
101कि कहने वाले हो ? ki kahnē vālē hō ? ki[conj.] kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? that say[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
132You are the Raja Yogis, are you not?
102जब राजयोग जीने की कला है तो राजयोगियों की कला क्या है ? jab rājyōg jīnē key|kī kalā hai tō rājyōgiyō̃ key|kī kalā kyā hai ? jab rājyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō rājyōgī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? when Raja Yoga live[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) degree be[pres.sg.23] then Raja Yogi (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) degree what be[pres.sg.23] ?
133You are the ones with this life, are you not? 134Or, are you the ones who simply tell others about it?
103यही है ना ? yahī hai nā ? yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? this be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ? 104तो उत्सव मनाना अर्थात् मौज में रहना . tō utsav manānā arthāt mauj mē̃ rahnā . tō utsav[x] manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then x celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.] that is pleasure in remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
135Since Raja Yoga is the art of living, what is the art of the Raja Yogis?
105मन भी मौज में , तन भी मौज में , सम्बन्ध सम्पर्क भी मौज में . man bhī mauj mē̃ , tan bhī mauj mē̃ , sambandh samparka bhī mauj mē̃ . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] , sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] . mind too pleasure in , body too pleasure in , relationship x too pleasure in .
136It is this, is it not? 137Therefore, to celebrate a festival means to stay in pleasure.
106कई बच्चे कहते हैं अपने रीति से तो ठीक रहते हैं , अपने मौज में रहते हैं लेकिन सम्बन्ध सम्पर्क में मौज में रहें , यह कभी कभी होता है . kaī bachchē kahtē haĩ apnē rīti sē tō ṭhīk rahtē haĩ , apnē mauj mē̃ rahtē haĩ lēkin sambandh samparka mē̃ mauj mē̃ rahē̃ , yah kabhī kabhī hōtā hai . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rīti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] tō ṭhīk[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . some child say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] one’s own way from then OK remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , one’s own pleasure in remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but relationship x in pleasure in remain[opt.pl.12hon3] , this ever ever be[pres.sg.m.23] .
138The mind is in pleasure, the body is in pleasure, the relationships and contacts are in pleasure. 139Many children say, "I'm O.K. by myself, I'm enjoying myself, but within relationships and contacts, there is enjoyment only sometimes.
107लेकिन सम्बन्ध सम्पर्क ही आपके स्थिति का पेपर है . lēkin sambandh samparka hī āpkē sthiti kā paper hai . lēkin sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] paper hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but relationship x only you[.kē] stage of paper be[pres.sg.23] .
140However, the relationships and contacts are a test paper of your stage.
108यदि स्टूडेण्ट कहे वैसे तो मैं पास विद् ऑनर हूँ लेकिन पेपर के टाइम मार्क्स कम हो जाती है तो ऐसे को क्या कहेंगे ? yadi student kahē vaisē tō maĩ pass with honour hū̃ lēkin paper K|kē time marks kam hō jātī hai tō aisē kō kyā kahē̃gē ? yadi student kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] pass with honour[x] hōnā[pres.sg.1] lēkin paper K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] time mark kam hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] kyā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? x student (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) x then I pass with honours be[pres.sg.1] but paper (K|of) time mark decrease then such to what say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
141So if a student says, "I have passed with honor", but at the time of taking a test paper, he gets less marks, what would you say for such a student? 142You are not like that, are you?
109तो ऐसे तो नहीं हो ना ! tō aisē tō nahī̃ hō nā ! tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ! then such then not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ !
143You have passed fully, have you not?
110फुल पास होने वाले हो ना ? full pass hōnē vālē hō nā ? full pass[x] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ? pass fully be[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ?
144You are those who are going to pass fully, are you not?
111बापदादा ने सुनाया है कि जो सदा बाप के पास रहते हैं वो पास हैं . bāpdādā nē sunāyā hai ki jō sadā bāp kē pās rahtē haĩ vō pās|pass haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] sunānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] jō[pn.;d.] sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] pās|pass hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ speak[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that that constantly father to remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that (x|pass) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
145Are you this or are you going to become this? 146What are you? 147The teachers are sitting at the front; what would you say?
112पास नहीं रहते तो पास नहीं हैं . pās|pass nahī̃ rahtē tō pās|pass nahī̃ haĩ . pās|pass nahī̃[neg] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō pās|pass nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x|pass) not remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then (x|pass) not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
148Are you this or are you going to become this? 149Pandavs speak!
113तो सदा कहाँ रहते हो ? tō sadā kahā̃ rahtē hō ? tō sadā kahā̃ rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? then constantly where remain[pres.pl.m.2] ?
150Are you this or are you going to become this?
114दूर रहते हो , पास नहीं रहते हो ! dūr rahtē hō , pās|pass nahī̃ rahtē hō ! dūr[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , pās|pass nahī̃[neg] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ! distant remain[pres.pl.m.2] , (x|pass) not remain[pres.pl.m.2] ! 115डबल विदेशियों को तो डबल पास होना चाहिये ना ! double vidēśhiyō̃ kō tō double pās|pass hōnā chāhiyē nā ! double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] tō double pās|pass hōnā[.oblig3] nā ! double foreigner to then double (x|pass) be[.oblig3] ∅ !
151You are not! 152Achcha, you aren't those who have passed with honor, but have you passed? 153Have you passed or do you still have to pass?
116अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 117तो डबल विदेशियों ने इस बारी हाइ जम्प लगा दी है . tō double vidēśhiyō̃ nē is bārī hāi jump lagā dī hai . tō double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] yah[pn.sg.o.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x jump lagnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|lagānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . then double foreigner ∅ this x x jump (x[pres-perf.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|attach[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+dēnā]) .
154Or, is it that you have passed but that you still have to pass with honor? 155What would you say?
118मधुबन में हाई जम्प लगाकर पहुँच गये हैं . madhuban mē̃ high jump lagākar pahũch gayē haĩ . madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] high jump[x] lagānā[abs.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . Madhuban in high jump attach[abs.] reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
156You're thinking about it? 157Baba is not receiving an enthusiastic answer.
119 ( इस बार हर वर्ष से ज्यादा संख्या में डबल विदेशी मधुबन पहुँचे हुए हैं ) अच्छा , डबल विदेशियों को भी कइयों को पटरानी बनने का चांस तो अच्छा मिला है . ( is bār har|her varṣh sē jyādā saṅkhyā mē̃ double vidēśhī madhuban pahũchē huē haĩ ) achchhā , double vidēśhiyō̃ kō bhī kaiyō̃ kō paṭrānī bannē kā chance tō achchhā milā hai . ( yah[pn.sg.o.] bār[n.f.;sg.] harnā[root]|har|her varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] kaī kō[postp.] paṭrānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . ( this time (x[root]|x) year from more x in double foreigner Madhuban reach[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) achcha , double foreigner to too some to x become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of chance then achcha receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
158BapDada has told you that those who constantly remain close (pass) to the Father have passed. 159If you do not stay close, then you have not passed. 160So where do you constantly stay? 161You're staying far away, you're not staying close.
120पटरानी बनने में मजा है कि नहीं ? paṭrānī bannē mē̃ majā hai ki nahī̃ ? paṭrānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] nahī̃[neg] ? x become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in pleasure be[pres.sg.23] that not ?
162You are thinking too much, you are not giving the correct response.
121आप लोगों की तो अटैची इतनी है जो उस पर ही सो सकते हैं . āp lōgō̃ key|kī tō aṭaichī itnī hai jō us par hī sō saktē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] tō aṭaichī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] vah[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hī[p.] sōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . you people (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) then x such be[pres.sg.23] that that (at|other) only sleep[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .
163You are thinking that perhaps you might get caught out. 164Double foreigners should be double pass.
122क्योंकि एक बड़ी लाते हैं , एक छोटी लाते हैं , तो छोटी को तकिया बनाओ . kyōṅki ēk baṛī lātē haĩ , ēk chhōṭī lātē haĩ , tō chhōṭī kō takiyā banāō . kyōṅki ēk[adj.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ēk[adj.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , tō chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kō[postp.] takiyā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . because one very x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , one small x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , then small to x create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
165Achcha, those sitting at the back; have you passed? 166You're raising your hands. 167On whom does Baba's vision fall the most?
123जगह बच जायेगी ना ! jagah bach jāyēgī nā ! jagah[n.f.;sg.] bachnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] nā ! x x[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] ∅ !
168Those sitting at the back.
124अच्छा लगता है बापदादा सीन देखते हैं कैसे भारी भारी अटैचियाँ घसीट कर ला रहे हैं ! achchhā lagtā hai bāpdādā scene dēkhtē haĩ kaisē bhārī bhārī aṭaichiyā̃ ghasīṭ kar lā rahē haĩ ! achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] bāpdādā scene dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhārī[adj.] bhārī[adj.] aṭaichī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] ghasīṭnā[root] karnā[root] lānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ! enjoy BapDada scene see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] how heavy heavy x x[root] do[root] x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] !
169Look, for those sitting at the front, Baba has to do this (look down), whereas for those far back, Baba can see straight ahead. 170Double foreigners have taken a high jump this time.
125अच्छी सीन लगती है ना ! achchhī scene lagtī hai nā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] scene lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā ! achcha scene x[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ !
171You have taken a high jump and reached Madhuban.
126संगम पर ये मेहनत भी थोड़े समय की है फिर तो प्रकृति भी आपकी दासी होगी तो दासियाँ भी बहुत होंगी . saṅgam par yē mēhnat bhī thōṛē samay kī hai phir tō prakr̥iti bhī āpkī dāsī hōgī tō dāsiyā̃ bhī bahut hōṅgī . saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] tō prakr̥iti[x] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kī] dāsī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] tō dāsī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . confluence (at|other) this effort too short time do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] (then|turn[root]) then matter too you[.kī] maid be[fut.f.sg.23] then maid too very be[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
172Achcha, even some of the double foreigners have had a good chance of becoming the Patranis this time (queens of the floor). 173Whoever has become a Patrani, raise your hand.
127फिर आपको सामान उठाने की जरूरत नहीं . phir āpkō sāmān uṭhānē key|kī jarūrat nahī̃ . phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] āp[pn.pl.kō] sāmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] jarūrat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . (then|turn[root]) you[.kō] goods uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) need not .
174Who have become Patranis? 175Is there pleasure in becoming a Patrani?
128अभी अपना राज्य स्थापन हो रहा है , इस समय गुप्त वेश में हो , सेवाधारी हो फिर राज्य अधिकारी बनेंगे . abhī apnā rājya sthāpan hō rahā hai , is samay gupta vēśh mē̃ hō , sēvādhārī hō phir rājya adhikārī banē̃gē . ab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , is samay[x] gupt[adj.] vēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] rājya adhikārī[x] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . now (one’s own|adopt[root]) kingdom establishment be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , at this time incognito x in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , server (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) (then|turn[root]) master become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
176Is there? 177You have such big suitcases that you can actually sleep on them. 178You bring one big suitcase and one small one and so the small one can become your pillow and you can save space. 179It seems good.
129तो सेवाधारियों को तो सब प्रकार की सेवा करनी पड़ती है . tō sēvādhāriyō̃ kō tō sab prakār key|kī sēvā karnī paṛtī hai . tō sēvādhārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] tō sab[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] . then server to then all form (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] .
180BapDada sees the scenes of how you drag such big suitcases. 181It is a good scene, is it not?
130जितनी अभी तन , मन , धन और सम्पर्क से सेवा करते हो उतना ही वहाँ सेवाधारी मिलेंगे . jitnī abhī tan , man , dhan aur samparka sē sēvā kartē hō utnā hī vahā̃ sēvādhārī milē̃gē . jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ab[adv.hī] tan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] , dhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] vahā̃ sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . the more now body , mind , wealth and x from service do[pres.pl.m.2] x only there server receive[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
182At the confluence age, this effort is only for a short time, and then matter will be your servant and you will have other servants too.
131सबसे पहले तो ये प्रकृति के पांच ही तत्व आपके सेवाधारी बनेंगे . sabsē pahlē tō yē prakr̥iti K|kē pāñch hī tatva āpkē sēvādhārī banē̃gē . sabsē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] tō yah[pn.pl.d.] prakr̥iti[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pañch[adj.] hī[p.] tatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . the most (x|firstly) then this matter (K|of) five only element you[.kē] server become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
183Later, there will be no need for you to pick up your luggage. 184Your kingdom is now being established.
132अपना राज्य भाग्य स्मृति में है ना ! apnā rājya bhāgya smr̥iti mē̃ hai nā ! apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! (one’s own|adopt[root]) kingdom x awareness in be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ! 133कितने बारी राज्य अधिकारी बने हैं ! kitnē bārī rājya adhikārī banē haĩ ! kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rājya adhikārī[x] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ! so x master become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] !
185At present, you are in an incognito form; you are servers, and then you will be the rulers.
134अनगिनत बार बने हैं और बनते ही रहेंगे . anginat bār banē haĩ aur bantē hī rahē̃gē . anginat[x] bār[n.f.;sg.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur bannā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . countless time become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and become[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
186Servers have to do all types of service.
135लेकिन राज्य अधिकारी से भी अब का सेवाधारी जीवन श्रेष्ठ है . lēkin rājya adhikārī sē bhī ab kā sēvādhārī jīvan śhrēṣhṭh hai . lēkin rājya adhikārī[x] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] ab[adv.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but master from too now of server life elevated be[pres.sg.23] .
187The more service you do now through your body, mind, wealth and relations, the more servers you will receive.
136क्योंकि अभी बाप और बच्चों का साथ है . kyōṅki abhī bāp aur bachchō̃ kā sāth hai . kyōṅki ab[adv.hī] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . because now father and child of with be[pres.sg.23] .
188First of all, all the five elements of matter will become your servers.
137चाहे किसी भी प्रकार की सेवा है लेकिन सेवा का प्रत्यक्षफल अभी मिलता है . chāhē kisī bhī prakār key|kī sēvā hai lēkin sēvā kā pratyakṣhaphal abhī miltā hai . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē kōī[pn.sg.o.]|kuchh[pn.sg.o.] bhī[p.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) (some|anything) too form (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service be[pres.sg.23] but service of x now receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
189You have the fortune of your kingdom in your awareness, do you not? 190How many times have you become such great rulers?
138बाप का स्नेह , सहयोग और बाप द्वारा मिले हुए खज़ाने प्रत्यक्षफल के रूप में मिलते हैं . bāp kā snēh , sahyōg aur bāp dvārā milē huē khazānē pratyakṣhaphal K|kē rūp mē̃ miltē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . father of love , cooperation and father through (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] treasure x (K|of) Rup in receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
191You have become this countless times and you will continue to become this. 192However, the life of being a server now is even more elevated than the life of a ruler.
139जब भी कोई विशेष सेवा करते हो और युक्तियुक्त सेवा करते हो तो कितनी खुशी होती है ! jab bhī kōī viśhēṣh sēvā kartē hō aur yuktiyukt sēvā kartē hō tō kitnī khuśhī hōtī hai ! jab bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] aur yuktiyukt[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ! when too some special service do[pres.pl.m.2] and tactful service do[pres.pl.m.2] then so happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] !
193It is elevated, is it not? 194Because, at the present time, the Father and the children are together.
140उस समय के चेहरे का फोटो निकालो तो कैसा होता है ! us samay K|kē chēhrē kā phōṭō nikālō tō kaisā hōtā hai ! vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] photo nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ! that time (K|of) face of photograph x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then how be[pres.sg.m.23] !
195No matter what type of service it is, you receive the practical, instant fruit of service now.
141तो एक तरफ सेवा करते हो , दूसरे तरफ प्रत्यक्षफल आपके लिये सदा तैयार है ही है . tō ēk taraph sēvā kartē hō , dūsrē taraph pratyakṣhaphal āpkē liyē sadā taiyār hai hī hai . tō ēk taraph[x] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , dūsrē taraph[x] pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kē] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sadā taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then x service do[pres.pl.m.2] , x x you[.kē] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] constantly x be[pres.sg.23] only be[pres.sg.23] .
196And the practical, visible fruit is the Father's love, cooperation and the treasures you receive from the Father.
142एक हाथ से सेवा करो , दूसरे हाथ से फल खाओ-ऐसे अनुभव होता है ? ēk hāth sē sēvā karō , dūsrē hāth sē phal khāō-aisē anubhav hōtā hai ? ēk[adj.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] x anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? one hand from service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , other hand from fruit x experience be[pres.sg.m.23] ?
197Whenever you do any special service whilst being yuktiyukt, there is so much happiness.
143कि सेवा में बड़ी मेहनत है ? ki sēvā mē̃ baṛī mēhnat hai ? ki[conj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? that service in very effort be[pres.sg.23] ? 144सेवा में हलचल होती है या नहीं ? sēvā mē̃ halchal hōtī hai yā nahī̃ ? sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] halchal[x] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] yā nahī̃[neg] ? service in upheaval be[pres.sg.f.23] or not ?
198What is your face like when a picture is taken of you at that moment?
145कभी कभी होती है . kabhī kabhī hōtī hai . kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . ever ever be[pres.sg.f.23] . 146ये हलचल ही परिपक्व बनाती है , अनुभवी बनाती है . yē halchal hī paripakva banātī hai , anubhavī banātī hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] halchal[x] hī[p.] paripakva[adj.] banānā[pres.sg.f.23] , anubhavī[adj.] banānā[pres.sg.f.23] . this upheaval only mature create[pres.sg.f.23] , experienced create[pres.sg.f.23] .
199On the one hand, you do service and on the other hand, the practical, visible fruit is ready for you.
147हलचलमें इसीलिये आते हो जो सिर्फ वर्तमान को देखते हो . halacalamē̃ isīliyē ātē hō jō sirph vartamān kō dēkhtē hō . x isliē ānā[pres.pl.m.2] jō[pn.;d.] sirph[adj.] vartamān[adj.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.2] . x therefore come[pres.pl.m.2] that only present to see[pres.pl.m.2] .
200To do service with one hand and eat the fruit with the other; do you have this experience?
148लेकिन वर्तमान में छिपा हुआ भविष्य जो है वो स्पष्ट नहीं दिखाई देता है , इसलिये हलचल में आ जाते हैं . lēkin vartamān mē̃ chhipā huā bhaviṣhya jō hai vō spaṣhṭ nahī̃ dikhāī dētā hai , isliyē halchal mē̃ ā jātē haĩ . lēkin vartamān[adj.] mē̃[postp.] chhipānā[root]|chhipnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] jō[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.;d.] spaṣhṭ[adj.] nahī̃[neg] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] , isliē halchal[x] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . but present in (hide[root]|secretly[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] future that be[pres.sg.23] that clearly not be visible , therefore upheaval in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
201Or does service take a lot of effort? 202Is there fluctuation in service or not? 203There is fluctuation sometimes. 204This fluctuation makes you strong, it makes you experienced.
149कोई भी बड़े ते बड़ी नाजुक परिस्थिति वास्तव में आगे के लिये बहुत बड़ा पाठ पढ़ाती है , परिस्थिति नहीं है लेकिन वह आपकी टीचर है . kōī bhī baṛē tē baṛī nājuk paristhiti vāstav mē̃ āgē K|kē liyē bahut baṛā pāṭh paṛhātī hai , paristhiti nahī̃ hai lēkin vah āpkī teacher hai . kōī bhī[x] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nāzuk[adj.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vāstav mē̃[x] āgē K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛhānā[pres.sg.f.23] , paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin vah[pn.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.kī] teacher hōnā[pres.sg.23] . anyone very from very x circumstances x previously (K|of) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] very very lesson teach[pres.sg.f.23] , circumstances not be[pres.sg.23] but that you[.kī] teacher be[pres.sg.23] .
205You come into fluctuation because you only see the present time. 206However, the future that is hidden in the present is not clearly visible and therefore you come into fluctuation.
150उस नजर से देखो कि इस परिस्थिति ने क्या पाठ पढ़ाया ? us najar sē dēkhō ki is paristhiti nē kyā pāṭh paṛhāyā ? vah[pn.sg.o.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] kyā pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? that glance from see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that this circumstances ∅ what lesson teach[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? 151इसको कहा जाता है निगेटिव को पॉजिटिव में परिवर्तन करना . iskō kahā jātā hai negative kō positive mē̃ parivartan karnā . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] negative kō[postp.] positive mē̃[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) negative to positive in transformation do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
207Any major, delicate situation comes in fact to teach you a very important lesson for the future; it is not just a situation, but it is your teacher.
152सिर्फ परिस्थिति को देखते हो तो घबरा जाते हो . sirph paristhiti kō dēkhtē hō tō ghabrā jātē hō . sirph[adj.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō ghabrānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] . only circumstances to see[pres.pl.m.2] then be afraid[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] .
208See it with the vision of what lesson that situation is teaching you.
153और परिस्थिति माया द्वारा सदा नये नये रूप से आयेगी . aur paristhiti māyā dvārā sadā nayē nayē rūp sē āyēgī . aur paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] dvārā sadā nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] . and circumstances Maya through constantly new new Rup from come[fut.f.sg.23] .
209This is known as changing the negative into positive. 210When you simply look at the situation, you become afraid.
154वैसे ही नहीं आयेगी , जिस रूप में आ चुकी है , उस रूप में नहीं आयेगी . vaisē hī nahī̃ āyēgī , jis rūp mē̃ ā chukī hai , us rūp mē̃ nahī̃ āyēgī . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] , jō[pn.sg.o.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+cuknā] , vah[pn.sg.o.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] . x only not come[fut.f.sg.23] , that Rup in come[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+cuknā] , that Rup in not come[fut.f.sg.23] . 155नये रूप में आयेगी . nayē rūp mē̃ āyēgī . nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] . new Rup in come[fut.f.sg.23] .
211And the situations will always come in new forms of Maya. 212She will not come in the same form as she has already come before; she will not come in the same form.
156तो उसमें घबरा जाते हैं-ये तो नई बात है , ये तो होता नहीं है , ये तो होना नहीं चाहिये … . tō usmē̃ ghabrā jātē haĩ-yē tō naī bāt hai , yē tō hōtā nahī̃ hai , yē tō hōnā nahī̃ chāhiyē … . tō vah[pn.sg.mē̃] ghabrānā[root] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x tō nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.d.] tō hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.d.] tō hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] chāhiē … . then that[.mē̃] be afraid[root] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x then new matter be[pres.sg.23] , this then be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] , this then be[inf.m.sg.d.] not should … .
213She comes in a new form, and so you become afraid of that. 214"This is something new; I cannot do this". 215It should not be like this.
157लेकिन समझ लो कि माया अन्त तक बहुरूपी बन बहुरूप दिखायेगी . lēkin samajh lō ki māyā ant tak bahurūpī ban bahurūp dikhāyēgī . lēkin samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] ki[conj.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak bahurūpī, bahurūp[adj.] bannā[root]|ban[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahurūpī, bahurūp[adj.] dikhānā[fut.f.sg.23] . but understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] that Maya end until with many forms (become[root]|x) with many forms x[fut.f.sg.23] .
216Understand that Maya will come as one who adopts many different forms until the end.
158माया को बहुरूपी बनना बहुत जल्दी और अच्छा आता है . māyā kō bahurūpī bannā bahut jaldī aur achchhā ātā hai . māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bahurūpī, bahurūp[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] bahut jaldī aur achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . Maya to with many forms become[inf.m.sg.d.] very very quickly and achcha come[pres.sg.m.23] .
217Maya knows how to become very easily and quickly one who adopts many different forms.
159जैसे आपकी स्थिति होगी ना वैसी परिस्थिति बनाकर आयेगी . jaisē āpkī sthiti hōgī nā vaisī paristhiti banākar āyēgī . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kī] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] nā vaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] banānā[abs.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] . like you[.kī] stage be[fut.f.sg.23] ∅ x circumstances create[abs.] come[fut.f.sg.23] .
218Whatever your stage is, she will create a situation according to that and come to you.
160आज मानो आप थोड़ा सा अलबेले जीवन में हो तो माया भी उसी अलबेले परिस्थिति के रूप में आयेगी . āj mānō āp thōṛā sā albēlē jīvan mē̃ hō tō māyā bhī usī albēlē paristhiti K|kē rūp mē̃ āyēgī . āj mānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] albēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] vah[pn.sg.hī] albēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] . today x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you short x careless life in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then Maya too that[.hī] careless circumstances (K|of) Rup in come[fut.f.sg.23] .
219If, for instance, you have become a little careless in your life today, Maya would also come into the situation in that careless form.
161आज मूड थोड़ी ऑफ है , जैसे होनी चाहिये वैसे नहीं है , तो मूड ऑफ की परिस्थिति के रूप में ही आयेगी . āj mūḍ|mood thōṛī of|off hai , jaisē hōnī chāhiyē vaisē nahī̃ hai , tō mood off key|kī paristhiti K|kē rūp mē̃ hī āyēgī . āj mūṛnā[root]|mood thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] of|off hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[.oblig3] vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō mood off[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] ānā[fut.f.sg.23] . today (scalp[root]|mood) short (of|x) be[pres.sg.23] , like be[.oblig3] x not be[pres.sg.23] , then off-mood (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) circumstances (K|of) Rup in only come[fut.f.sg.23] .
220If your mood is a little off today, if it is not like it should be, then Maya would come into the situation with an "offmood". 221Then you think: Well, I was thinking about this before too; so what happened?
162फिर सोचते हैं कि पहले ही मैं सोच रही थी फिर ये क्या हुआ ? phir sōchtē haĩ ki pahlē hī maĩ sōch rahī thī phir yē kyā huā ? phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hī[p.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] sōchnā[root] rahnā[past-perf.f.] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] yah[pn.pl.d.] kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? (then|turn[root]) think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that (x|firstly) only I think[root] remain[past-perf.f.] (then|turn[root]) this what be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
222This is why, in order to see and know Maya, become trikaldarshi and trinetri.
163इसलिये माया को देखने के लिये , जानने के लिये त्रिकालदर्शीऔर त्रिनेत्री बनो . isliyē māyā kō dēkhnē K|kē liyē , jānnē K|kē liyē trikāladarśīaur trinētrī banō . isliē māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , jānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] x trinētrī[x] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore Maya to see[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , know[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] x trinetri become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
223Become trinetri in being able to see what is in front of you, what is behind you and what is beside you.
164आगे , पीछे , सामने त्रिनेत्री बनो . āgē , pīchhē , sāmnē trinētrī banō . āgē , pīchhē , sāmnē trinētrī[x] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . previously , x , x trinetri become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
224All of you are trikaldarshi and trinetri, are you not?
165आप सभी त्रिनेत्री और त्रिकालदर्शी हो ना ? āp sabhī trinētrī aur trikāldarśhī hō nā ? āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] trinētrī[x] aur trikāldarśhī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ? you all trinetri and trikaldarshi (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ?
225Are the double foreigners trikaldarshi? 226Yes or no? 227Yes.
166डबल फॉरेनर्सत्रिकालदर्शी हैं-यस या नो ? double phôrēnarsatrikāladarśī haĩ-yas yā no|know ? double x x yā no|know ? double x x or (x) ?
228What do those of the other languages say? 229Are you saying "Ha ji" too?
167सब बोलो-हाँ जी या ना जी . sab bōlō-hā̃ jī yā nā jī . sab[adj.] x jī[x]|jīnā[root]|jīnā[past-part.f.] yā nā jī[x] . all x (ji|live[root]|live[past-part.f.]) or no .
230So every one speak: Ha ji or na ji? 231(Ha ji).
168 ( हाँ जी ) अपनी भाषा से तो ये अच्छा बोलते हो . ( hā̃ jī ) apnī bhāṣhā sē tō yē achchhā bōltē hō . ( hā̃ jī[x] ) apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] tō yah[pn.pl.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bōlnā[pres.pl.m.2] . ( yes ) one’s own language from then this achcha speak[pres.pl.m.2] .
232You say this much better than in your own language. 233Are all of you happy?
169सब खुश हो ? sab khuśh hō ? sab[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? all happy (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
234(Ha ji).
170 ( हाँ जी ) इतने बड़े संगठन में मजा आ रहा है ? ( hā̃ jī ) itnē baṛē saṅgaṭhan mē̃ majā ā rahā hai ? ( hā̃ jī[x] ) itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ? ( yes ) such very gathering in pleasure come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ?
235Now you have learnt how to say Ha ji. 236Are you enjoying yourself in such a big gathering?
171 ( हाँ जी ) कोई कोई यह तो नहीं सोच रहे हैं कि अगले वर्ष रश में नहीं आयेंगे , थोड़ा पीछे आयेंगे ? ( hā̃ jī ) kōī kōī yah tō nahī̃ sōch rahē haĩ ki aglē varṣh raś mē̃ nahī̃ āyēṅgē , thōṛā pīchhē āyēṅgē ? ( hā̃ jī[x] ) kōī[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] x mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pīchhē ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? ( yes ) some some this then not think[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that next year x in not come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , short x come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
237(Ha ji.) 238Some of you are not thinking that, perhaps, next year you will not come amidst such a rush, that you will come a little later, are you?
172संगठन का मजा भी प्यारा है . saṅgaṭhan kā majā bhī pyārā hai . saṅgaṭhan[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . gathering of pleasure too loving be[pres.sg.23] .
239The enjoyment of the gathering is also lovely.
173वैसे आना तो प्रोग्राम प्रमाण ही , ज्यादा नहीं आना लेकिन आदत ऐसी होनी चाहिये जो सबमें एडजस्ट कर सके . vaisē ānā tō programme pramāṇ hī , jyādā nahī̃ ānā lēkin ādat aisī hōnī chāhiyē jō sabmē̃ ēḍajasṭa kar sakē . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō programme pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pramāṇ hī[p.] , jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēkin ādat[n.f.;sg.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[.oblig3] jō[pn.;d.] sabmē̃ x karnā[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] . x (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) then programme (under) only , more not (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) but habit such be[.oblig3] that x x do[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] .
240Come according to the programme; too many should not come, but your habit should be such that you are able to adjust to everything.
174एडजस्ट करने की पॉवर सदा विजयी बना देती है . ēḍajasṭa karnē key|kī power sadā vijayī banā dētī hai . x karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] power sadā vijayī[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) power constantly victorious (become[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā]) .
241The power to adjust constantly makes you victorious.
175ब्रह्मा बाप को देखा तो बच्चों से बच्चा बनकर एडजस्ट हो जाता , बड़ों से बड़ा बनकर एडजस्ट हो जाता . brahmā bāp kō dēkhā tō bachchō̃ sē bachchā bankar ēḍajasṭa hō jātā , baṛō̃ sē baṛā bankar ēḍajasṭa hō jātā . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[abs.] x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , baṛā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[abs.] x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . Brahma father to see[past-part.m.sg.d.] then child from child become[abs.] x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , very from very become[abs.] x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
242You saw father Brahma: with the children, he would become a child and adjust himself. 243He would become an adult with the adults and adjust himself.
176चाहे बेगरी लाइफ , चाहे साधनों की लाइफ , दोनों में एडजस्ट होना और खुशी खुशी से होना , सोचकर नहीं . chāhē beggary life , chāhē sādhanō̃ key|kī life , dōnō̃ mē̃ ēḍajasṭa hōnā aur khuśhī khuśhī sē hōnā , sōchkar nahī̃ . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē beggary life[x] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē sādhan[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] life , dōnō̃ mē̃[postp.] x hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , sōchnā[abs.] nahī̃[neg] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) beggary life , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) facilities (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) life , x in x be[inf.m.sg.d.] and happiness happiness from be[inf.m.sg.d.] , think[abs.] not .
244Whether it is a "beggary" life or a life with all the comforts, you should be able to adjust yourself to both hand with happiness, not after thinking about it.
177यहाँ दुःखी तो नहीं होते हो लेकिन खुशी के बजाय थोड़ा सोच में पड़ जाते हो-ये क्या हुआ , कैसे हुआ … . yahā̃ duḥkhī tō nahī̃ hōtē hō lēkin khuśhī K|kē bajāy thōṛā sōch mē̃ paṛ jātē hō-yē kyā huā , kaisē huā … . yahā̃ duḥkhī[adj.]|duḥkhnā[past-part.f.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bajāē thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sōchnā[root] mē̃[postp.] paṛnā[root] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] … . here (unhappy|hurt[past-part.f.]) then not be[pres.pl.m.2] but happiness (K|of) x short think[root] in fall[root] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x what be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , how be[past-part.m.sg.d.] … .
245You do not become unhappy here, but instead of experiencing happiness, you begin to think about it a little. 246"What happened? 247How did it happen?"
178तो सोचने वाले को एडजस्ट होने के मजे में कुछ समय लग जाता है . tō sōchnē vālē kō ēḍajasṭa hōnē K|kē majē mē̃ kuchh samay lag jātā hai . tō sōchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] x hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mazā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] kuchh samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . then think[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to x be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) pleasure in anything time x[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
248Those who think too much take time to experience the pleasure of adjusting themselves.
179अपने को चेक करो कि कैसी भी परिस्थिति हो , चाहे अच्छी हो , चाहे हिलाने वाली हो लेकिन हर समय , हर सरकमस्टांस के अन्दर अपने को एडजस्ट कर सकते हैं ? apnē kō check karō ki kaisī bhī paristhiti hō , chāhē achchhī hō , chāhē hilānē vālī hō lēkin har|her samay , har|her circumstance K|kē andar apnē kō ēḍajasṭa kar saktē haĩ ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē hilānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin harnā[root]|har|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , harnā[root]|har|her circumstance K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] andar apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] x karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ? one’s own to check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that how too circumstances (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) achcha (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) make fluctuate[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but (x[root]|x) time , (x[root]|x) circumstances (K|of) inside one’s own to x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ?
249Check yourself: No matter what the circumstances are, whether they are good or those that make you fluctuate, are you able to adjust yourself at every moment to every circumstance?
180डबल फॉरेनर्स को अकेलापन भी अच्छा लगता है और कम्पैनियन भी बहुत अच्छे लगते हैं . double foreigners kō akēlāpan bhī achchhā lagtā hai aur companion bhī bahut achchhē lagtē haĩ . double foreigner kō[postp.] akēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur companion bhī[p.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lagnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . double foreigner to x too enjoy and x too very achcha x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
250Double foreigners like being alone and they also like companions very much.
181लेकिन कम्पनी में हो या अकेले हो , दोनों में एडजस्ट होना-ये है ब्राह्मण जीवन . lēkin company mē̃ hō yā akēlē hō , dōnō̃ mē̃ ēḍajasṭa hōnā-yē hai brāhmaṇ jīvan . lēkin company mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā akēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , dōnō̃ mē̃[postp.] x x hōnā[pres.sg.23] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] . but company in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or alone (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , x in x x be[pres.sg.23] Brahmin life .
251However, whether you are in someone's company or alone, Brahmin life is being able to adjust yourself to both.
182ऐसे नहीं , संगठन हो और माथा भारी हो जाये-नहीं , मुझे एकान्त चाहिये , ये घमसान में नहीं , मुझे अकेला चाहिये … . aisē nahī̃ , saṅgaṭhan hō aur māthā bhārī hō jāyē-nahī̃ , mujhē ēkānt chāhiyē , yē ghamsān mē̃ nahī̃ , mujhē akēlā chāhiyē … . aisē nahī̃[x] , saṅgaṭhan[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur māthā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhārī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] x , maĩ[pn.sg.kō] ēkānt[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē , yah[pn.pl.d.] ghamsān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] , maĩ[pn.sg.kō] akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chāhiē … . it isn't that , gathering (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and x heavy (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) x , I[.kō] solitude should , this x in not , I[.kō] alone should … .
252It should not be that within a gathering, your head becomes heavy and you say: "No, I prefer to be in solitude. 253I don't like this chaos. 254I need to be alone."
183मन अकेला अर्थात् बाहरमुखता से अन्तर्मुख में चले जाओ तो अकेलापन है . man akēlā arthāt bāharmukhtā sē antarmukh mē̃ chalē jāō tō akēlāpan hai . man[n.m.;sg.,d.] akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arthāt bāharmukhtā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] antarmukh[x] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.passive] tō akēlāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . mind alone that is x from introverted in (continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+jānā]|continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.passive]) then x be[pres.sg.23] .
255The mind can be alone, that is, from being extroverted, just become introverted, for this is solitude.
184कोई कोई कहते हैं ना-अकेला कमरा चाहिये , दो भी नहीं चाहिये . kōī kōī kahtē haĩ nā-akēlā kamrā chāhiyē , dō bhī nahī̃ chāhiyē . kōī[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x kamrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] chāhiē , dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] chāhiē . some some say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x x should , (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) too not should .
256Some say that they want a room to themselves, that they cannot share with anyone.
185अकेला मिले तो भी मौज से सोओ और दस के बीच में भी सोना हो तो मौज से सोओ . akēlā milē tō bhī mauj sē sōō aur das K|kē bīch mē̃ bhī sōnā hō tō mauj sē sōō . akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] tō bhī[x] mauj[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] sōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur das[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bīch mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sōnā[pres.pl.2.oblig1] tō mauj[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] sōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . alone (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]) ∅ pleasure from sleep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and x (K|of) centre in too sleep[pres.pl.2.oblig1] then pleasure from sleep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
257Even if you receive a room for yourself, sleep with pleasure and even if you have to sleep in the same room as ten others, sleep with pleasure.
186फॉरेनर्स दस के बीच में सो सकते हैं कि मुश्किल है ? foreigners das K|kē bīch mē̃ sō saktē haĩ ki muśhkil hai ? foreigner das[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bīch mē̃[postp.] sōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ki[conj.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? foreigner x (K|of) centre in sleep[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] that difficult be[pres.sg.23] ?
258Are the foreigners able to sleep with ten others in the same room? 259Is it difficult?
187सो सकते हैं ? sō saktē haĩ ? sōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ? sleep[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ?
260Are you able to sleep?
188 ( हाँ जी ) अच्छा , अभी अगले वर्ष 20-20 को सुलायेंगे . ( hā̃ jī ) achchhā , abhī aglē varṣh 20-20 kō sulāyēṅgē . ( hā̃ jī[x] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.hī] aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] 20-20 kō[postp.] sulānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . ( yes ) achcha , now next year 20-20 to put to sleep[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
261(Ha ji.) 262Achcha, next year, twenty will be put together in one room.
189देखो समय बदलता रहता है और बदलता रहेगा . dēkhō samay badaltā rahtā hai aur badaltā rahēgā . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] badalnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] aur badalnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] time change[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] and change[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
263Time is changing and it will continue to change.
190दुनिया की हालतें नाजुक हो रही हैं और भी होंगी . duniyā key|kī hālatē̃ nājuk hō rahī haĩ aur bhī hōṅgī . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] hālat[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nāzuk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] aur bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . world (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) situation x be[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] and too be[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
264The situations of the world are becoming more and more delicate and they will become even more delicate.
191होनी ही है . hōnī hī hai . hōnā[inf.f.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . be[inf.f.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
265This has to happen.
192अभी सिर्फ एक स्थान पर अलग अलग होती हैं , आखिर में सब तरफ इकट्ठीहोगी . abhī sirph ēk sthān par alag alag hōtī haĩ , ākhir mē̃ sab taraph ikaṭṭhīhōgī . ab[adv.hī] sirph[adj.] ēk[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] alag[adj.] alag[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , ākhir mē̃[postp.] sab[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] x . now only one place (at|other) separate separate be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , at last in all direction x .
266At present, something happens at one place at one time, but at the end, it will happen everywhere at the same time.
193तो नाजुक समय तो आना ही है . tō nājuk samay tō ānā hī hai . tō nāzuk[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then x time then (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) only be[pres.sg.23] .
267The delicate time has to come.
194समय नाजुक हो लेकिन आपकी नेचर नाजुक नहीं हो . samay nājuk hō lēkin āpkī nature nājuk nahī̃ hō . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] nāzuk[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin āp[pn.pl.kī] nature nāzuk[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . time x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but you[.kī] nature x not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
268Time may be delicate but your nature should not be delicate.
195कइयों की नेचर बहुत नाजुक होती है ना , थोड़ा सा आवाज हुआ , थोड़ा सा कुछ हुआ तो डिस्टर्ब हो गये . kaiyō̃ key|kī nature bahut nājuk hōtī hai nā , thōṛā sā āvāj huā , thōṛā sā kuchh huā tō disturb hō gayē . kaī key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] nature bahut nāzuk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kuchh hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō disturb hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . some (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) nature very x be[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ , short x noise be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , short x anything be[past-part.m.sg.d.] then disturb be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
269Many people's nature is very delicate. 270When something happens even a little, when there is even a little sound, they become disturbed.
196इसको कहते हैं नाजुक स्थिति , नाजुक नेचर . iskō kahtē haĩ nājuk sthiti , nājuk nature . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nāzuk[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] , nāzuk[adj.] nature . this[.kō] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x stage , x nature .
271This is called a delicate stage, a delicate nature.
197तो नाजुक नेचर नहीं हो . tō nājuk nature nahī̃ hō . tō nāzuk[adj.] nature nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then x nature not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
272So you should not have a delicate nature.
198जैसा समय वैसा अपने को एडजस्ट कर सको . jaisā samay vaisā apnē kō ēḍajasṭa kar sakō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] vaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] x karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] . like time x one’s own to x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] .
273You should be able to adjust yourself according to the time.
199ये अभ्यास आगे चलकर आपको बहुत काम में आयेगा . yē abhyās āgē chalkar āpkō bahut kām mē̃ āyēgā . yah[pn.pl.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] āgē chalnā[abs.] āp[pn.pl.kō] bahut kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . this practice previously continue[abs.] you[.kō] very (task|lust) in come[fut.m.sg.23] . 200क्योंकि हालतें सदा एक जैसी नहीं रहनी है . kyōṅki hālatē̃ sadā ēk jaisī nahī̃ rahnī hai . kyōṅki hālat[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sadā ēk[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . because situation constantly one like not remain[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
274This practice will be very useful to you at the end, because the situations will not constantly be the same.
201और फाइनल पेपर आपका नाजुक समय पर होना है . aur final paper āpkā nājuk samay par hōnā hai . aur final paper āp[pn.pl.kā] nāzuk[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . and final paper you[.kā] x time (at|other) be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
275And your final paper will take place during a very delicate time.
202आराम के समय पर नहीं होना है . ārām K|kē samay par nahī̃ hōnā hai . ārām[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . comfort (K|of) time (at|other) not be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 203नाजुक समय पर होना है . nājuk samay par hōnā hai . nāzuk[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . x time (at|other) be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 204तो जितना अभी से अपने को एडजस्ट करने की शक्ति होगी तो नाजुक समय पर पास विद् ऑनर हो सकेंगे . tō jitnā abhī sē apnē kō ēḍajasṭa karnē key|kī śhakti hōgī tō nājuk samay par pass with honour hō sakē̃gē . tō jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] x karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] tō nāzuk[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] pass with honour[x] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . then the more now from one’s own to x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Shakti be[fut.f.sg.23] then x time (at|other) pass with honours be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .
276It will not take place during a very comfortable (peaceful) time; it will take place during a delicate time. 277To the extent that you have the power to adjust yourself now, to that extent you will be able to pass with honor.
205पेपर बहुत टाइम का नहीं है , पेपर तो बहुत थोड़े समय का है लेकिन चारों ओर की नाजुक परिस्थितियाँ , उनके बीच में पेपर देना है . paper bahut time kā nahī̃ hai , paper tō bahut thōṛē samay kā hai lēkin chārō̃ ōr key|kī nājuk paristhitiyā̃ , unkē bīch mē̃ paper dēnā hai . paper bahut time kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , paper tō bahut thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin chārō̃ ōr[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] nāzuk[adj.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] , vah[pn.pl.kē] bīch mē̃[postp.] paper dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . paper very time of not be[pres.sg.23] , paper then very short time of be[pres.sg.23] but everywhere (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x circumstances , that[.kē] centre in paper give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
278The paper will not take a long time, it will last for a very short time, but you will have to take the paper in delicate circumstances which will be in all four directions.
206इसलिये अपने को नेचर में भी शक्तिशाली बनाओ . isliyē apnē kō nature mē̃ bhī śhaktiśhālī banāō . isliē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] nature mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore one’s own to nature in too powerful create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
279Therefore, make yourself powerful in your nature too. 280"What can I do?
207क्या करें , मेरी नेचर ये है , मेरी आदत ही ऐसी है , ये नहीं . kyā karē̃ , mērī nature yē hai , mērī ādat hī aisī hai , yē nahī̃ . kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , maĩ[pn.sg.kī] nature yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , maĩ[pn.sg.kī] ādat[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] . what do[opt.pl.12hon3] , I[.kī] nature this be[pres.sg.23] , I[.kī] habit only such be[pres.sg.23] , this not .
281My nature is like this, my habit is like this." 282It should not be like this.
208इसको नाजुक नेचर कहा जाता है . iskō nājuk nature kahā jātā hai . yah[pn.sg.kō] nāzuk[adj.] nature kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . this[.kō] x nature (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) .
283This is known as a delicate nature.
209देखो , बापदादा ने स्थापना के आदि में सब अनुभव करा लिया . dēkhō , bāpdādā nē sthāpanā K|kē ādi mē̃ sab anubhav karā liyā . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bāpdādā nē[postp.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ādi[adj.] mē̃[postp.] sab[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , BapDada ∅ establishment (K|of) etc. in all experience make commit[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] .
284BapDada gave all types of experiences at the beginning of the establishment.
210जब आदि हुई तो राजकुमार और राजकुमारियों से भी ज्यादा पालना , साधन , सब अनुभव कराया और आगे चलकर बेगरी लाइफ का भी पूरा अनुभव कराया . jab ādi huī tō rājkumār aur rājkumāriyō̃ sē bhī jyādā pālnā , sādhan , sab anubhav karāyā aur āgē chalkar beggary life kā bhī pūrā anubhav karāyā . jab ādi[adj.] hōnā[past-part.f.] tō rājkumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur rājkumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sab[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur āgē chalnā[abs.] beggary life[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . when etc. be[past-part.f.] then x and x from too more (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) , facilities , all experience make commit[past-part.m.sg.d.] and previously continue[abs.] beggary life of too full experience make commit[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
285When it was the beginning, he gave the experience of even more sustenance and facilities than princes and princesses would receive. 286And then later, He even gave the experience of a "beggary" life.
211तो जिन्होंने दोनों अनुभव किया उनकी आदत बन गई . tō jinhōnnē dōnō̃ anubhav kiyā unkī ādat ban gaī . tō jō[pn.pl.nē] dōnō̃ anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.pl.kī] ādat[n.f.;sg.] bannā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . then that[.nē] x experience do[past-part.m.sg.d.] that[.kī] habit become[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
287So those who had both experiences developed this habit.
212तो आप लोगों के आगे तो ऐसा समय आया नहीं है लेकिन आना है . tō āp lōgō̃ kē āgē tō aisā samay āyā nahī̃ hai lēkin ānā hai . tō āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē āgē[x] tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then you people in front of then such time come[past-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] but come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
288Such a time has not come in front of you, but it will come.
213जहाँ भी रहते हो , सभी हिलने हैं , सब आधार टूटने हैं . jahā̃ bhī rahtē hō , sabhī hilnē haĩ , sab ādhār ṭūṭnē haĩ . jahā̃ bhī[p.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] , sab[adv.hī] hilnā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] , sab[adj.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭūṭnā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] . where there too remain[pres.pl.m.2] , all x[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] , all basis break[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] .
289Wherever you may be living, all supports have to be broken.
214तो ऐसे टाइम पर क्या चाहिये ? tō aisē time par kyā chāhiyē ? tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] time par[postp.]|par[adj.] kyā chāhiē ? then such time (at|other) what should ?
290So what do you need at such a time?
215एक ही बाप का आधार . ēk hī bāp kā ādhār . ēk[adj.] hī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . one only father of basis .
291The support of the one Father.
216आप लोग तो बहुत बहुत बहुत लक्की हो , जो आने का समय आपका सहज साधनों का है . āp lōg tō bahut bahut bahut lucky hō , jō ānē kā samay āpkā sahaj sādhanō̃ kā hai . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bahut bahut bahut lucky hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , jō[pn.;d.] ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] sahaj[adj.] sādhan[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you people then very very very lucky (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , that (x|come[inf.m.pl.,o.]) of time you[.kā] easy facilities of be[pres.sg.23] .
292All of you are very, very, very lucky that the time you come is when you have all facilities easily available.
217सहज साधनों के साथ साथ आपका ब्राह्मण जन्म है . sahaj sādhanō̃ kē sāth sāth āpkā brāhmaṇ janm hai . sahaj[adj.] sādhan[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē sāth[x] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] janamnā[root]|janm[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . easy facilities with with you[.kā] Brahmin (be born[root]|life) be[pres.sg.23] .
293Together with the easy facilities, you also have a Brahmin birth.
218लेकिन साधन और साधना-साधनों को देखते साधना को नहीं भूल जाना . lēkin sādhan aur sādhanā-sādhanō̃ kō dēkhtē sādhnā kō nahī̃ bhūl jānā . lēkin sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur x kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sādhnā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] bhūl jānā[x] . but facilities and x to see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] spiritual endeavour to not x[x] . 219क्योंकि आखिर में साधना ही काम में आनी है . kyōṅki ākhir mē̃ sādhnā hī kām mē̃ ānī hai . kyōṅki ākhir mē̃[postp.] sādhnā[n.f.;sg.] hī[p.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . because at last in spiritual endeavour only (task|lust) in come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 220समझा ? samjhā ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?
294With the facilities, let there be spiritual endeavor; whilst seeing the facilities, do not forget your spiritual endeavor, because at the end, only the spiritual endeavor will be useful.
221बापदादा खुश होते हैं कि डबल फॉरेनर्स सन्देश देने में बहुत अच्छा पार्ट बजा रहे हैं . bāpdādā khuśh hōtē haĩ ki double foreigners sandēśh dēnē mē̃ bahut achchhā part bajā rahē haĩ . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] double foreigner sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part bajānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that double foreigner message give[inf.m.pl.,o.] in very achcha play one's part .
295Do you understand? 296BapDada is happy that the double foreigners are playing a very good part in giving the message.
222सेन्टर्स भी अच्छे उमंग उत्साह से खोल रहे हैं . centres bhī achchhē umaṅg utsāh sē khōl rahē haĩ . centre bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] khōlnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . centre too achcha zeal enthusiasm from open[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
297You are also opening centers with a lot of zeal and enthusiasm.
223तो बापदादा आज आप सबको उत्सव मनाने की मुबारक भी दे रहे हैं और साथ साथ सेवा की भी मुबारक दे रहे हैं . tō bāpdādā āj āp sabkō utsav manānē key|kī mubārak bhī dē rahē haĩ aur sāth sāth sēvā key|kī bhī mubārak dē rahē haĩ . tō bāpdādā āj āp[pn.pl.] sabkō utsav[x] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then BapDada today you everything x celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations too give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and with with service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
298So BapDada is congratulating you for celebrating today's festival with a lot of zeal and enthusiasm; and together with this, He is also congratulating you for your service.
224सिर्फ और अण्डरलाइन करा रहे हैं कि सेवा और स्वय्स्थिति दोनों में तीव्र गति हो . sirph aur underline karā rahē haĩ ki sēvā aur svaysthiti dōnō̃ mē̃ tīvr gati hō . sirph[adj.] aur underline karānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] aur x dōnō̃ mē̃[postp.] tīvr[adj.] gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . only and underline make commit[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that service and x x in intense speed (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
299BapDada is making you underline the fact that there should be a fast speed in service and in self progress.
225स्वय्स्थिति और सेवा दोनों का बैलेन्स सदा स्मृति में रहे . svaysthiti aur sēvā dōnō̃ kā balance sadā smr̥iti mē̃ rahē . x aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] balance sadā smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|rahnā[opt.sg.23] . x and service x of balance constantly awareness in (remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|remain[opt.sg.23]) .
300The balance of your own stage and of service should always be in your awareness.
226कभी कभी बापदादा सुनते हैं , देखते भी हैं , जब कोई सेवा का बहुत बड़ा भागदौड़ का कार्य करते हैं ना , तो कार्य के उमंग में कार्य तो कर लेते हैं लेकिन कभी कभी कोई कहते हैं-सेवा में गये ना तो अपनी स्थिति थोड़ी ढीली हो गई . kabhī kabhī bāpdādā suntē haĩ , dēkhtē bhī haĩ , jab kōī sēvā kā bahut baṛā bhāgdauṛ kā kārya kartē haĩ nā , tō kārya K|kē umaṅg mē̃ kārya tō kar lētē haĩ lēkin kabhī kabhī kōī kahtē haĩ-sēvā mē̃ gayē nā tō apnī sthiti thōṛī ḍhīlī hō gaī . kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] bāpdādā sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , jab kōī[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāg-dauṛ[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā , tō kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] lēkin kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x mē̃[postp.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nā tō apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . ever ever BapDada listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , when some service of very very running around of task do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ , then task (K|of) zeal in task then do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] but ever ever some say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x in go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ∅ then one’s own stage short x be[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
301Sometimes, BapDada sees and also hears that when you do a lot of running around for service, you have the programme with that enthusiasm and you do everything for it, whereas sometimes some of you say: "Well, I got involved in service and so my stage became a little weak." 302This should not happen.
227वो नहीं होना चाहिये . vō nahī̃ hōnā chāhiyē . vah[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[.oblig3] . that not be[.oblig3] .
303"I just want to sit in yoga.
228बस , अभी योग में बैठे , सेवा नहीं करेंगे , योग में ही बैठेंगे ! bas , abhī yōg mē̃ baiṭhē , sēvā nahī̃ karē̃gē , yōg mē̃ hī baiṭhē̃gē ! basnā[root]|bas , ab[adv.hī] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] baiṭhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! (x[root]|simply) , now yoga in (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) , service not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , yoga in only sit[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
304I do not want to do any service, I just want to sit in yoga." 305Yoga and service should both be simultaneous.
229योग और सेवा इकट्ठा इकट्ठाहोना चाहिये . yōg aur sēvā ikaṭṭhā ikaṭṭhāhōnā chāhiyē . yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x chāhiē . yoga and service together x should .
306BapDada is reading your letters of news.
230बापदादा आप सबके पत्र समाचार पढ़ते हैं ! bāpdādā āp sabkē patra samāchār paṛhtē haĩ ! bāpdādā āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ! BapDada you everyone's x news study[pres.pl.m.12hon3] !
307It is because He reads them that He is telling you about this.
231कई बच्चे कहते हैं 6-6 पेज लिखा , उत्तर तो आया ही नहीं . kaī bachchē kahtē haĩ 6-6 page likhā , uttar tō āyā hī nahī̃ . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] 6-6 page likhānā[root]|likhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , uttar[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . some child say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] 6-6 x (x[root]|write[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , answer then come[past-part.m.sg.d.] only not .
308Some children say: I wrote six pages in my letter, and didn't get a response.
232इतने कार्ड भेजे , उत्तर तो आया नहीं . itnē card bhējē , uttar tō āyā nahī̃ . itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] card bhējnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bhējnā[opt.sg.23] , uttar[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . such card (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) , answer then come[past-part.m.sg.d.] not . 233लेकिन बापदादा सभी को रेसपाण्ड जरूर करते हैं . lēkin bāpdādā sabhī kō respond jarūr kartē haĩ . lēkin bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] respond zarūr karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . but BapDada all to response definitely do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
309I sent so many cards, I sent birthday cards too, but I did not get any response.
234आपको लिखने का संकल्प चलता है और बाप के पास वहाँ पहुँच जाता है . āpkō likhnē kā saṅkalp chaltā hai aur bāp kē pās vahā̃ pahũch jātā hai . āp[pn.pl.kō] likhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē pās[x] vahā̃ pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . you[.kō] write[inf.m.pl.,o.] of thought continue[pres.sg.m.23] and father to there reach[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
310BapDada definitely responds to everyone. 311The moment you have a thought to write to Baba, it reaches Baba.
235लेकिन अच्छा करते हो , सिर्फ लम्बा नहीं लिखो , शॉर्ट में लिखो . lēkin achchhā kartē hō , sirph lambā nahī̃ likhō , short mē̃ likhō . lēkin achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , sirph[adj.] lambā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , short mē̃[postp.] likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but achcha do[pres.pl.m.2] , only x not write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , short in write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
312You do very well, but do not write long letters; write them in brief.
236क्योंकि लिखने से जो मन में चलता रहता है वो खत्म हो जाता है , हल्का हो जाता है . kyōṅki likhnē sē jō man mē̃ chaltā rahtā hai vō khatm hō jātā hai , halkā hō jātā hai . kyōṅki likhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] vah[pn.;d.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . because write[inf.m.pl.,o.] from that mind in continue[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] that finished be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , light be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
313By writing it, whatever is going on in the mind finishes and you become light.
237इसलिये लिखो जरूर लेकिन शॉर्ट में लिखो . isliyē likhō jarūr lēkin short mē̃ likhō . isliē likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] zarūr lēkin short mē̃[postp.] likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] definitely but short in write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
314Therefore, definitely write, but in brief.
238आप सबके कार्ड वगैरह की सब एक्जीबिशन वतन में भी लगती है . āp sabkē card vagairah key|kī sab ēkjībiśan vatan mē̃ bhī lagtī hai . āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] card vagairah key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sab[adj.] x vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] . you everyone's card etc. (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) all x world in too x[pres.sg.f.23] .
315An exhibition of all your cards is set up in the subtle region.
239 ( सभी के कार्ड स्टेज पर बहुत सुन्दर ढंग से सजाकर रखे गये हैं ) यहाँ भी एक्जीबिशन लगाई है ना . ( sabhī K|kē card stage par bahut sundar ḍhaṅg sē sajākar rakhē gayē haĩ ) yahā̃ bhī ēkjībiśan lagāī hai nā . ( sab[adv.hī] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] card stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] bahut sundar[adj.] ḍhaṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sajānā[abs.] rakhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|rakhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.passive] ) yahā̃ bhī[p.] x lagānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā . ( all (K|of) card stage (at|other) very x way from decorate[abs.] (keep[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|keep[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.passive]) ) here too x attach[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ .
316You have put up an exhibition here, have you not? 317An exhibition of your cards is also put up in the subtle region.
240तो पहुँचा या नहीं पहुँचा , ऐसे नहीं सोचो . tō pahuñchā yā nahī̃ pahuñchā , aisē nahī̃ sōchō . tō pahuñchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pahuñchānā[root] yā nahī̃[neg] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pahuñchānā[root] , aisē nahī̃[x] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then (reach[past-part.m.sg.d.]|cause to reach[root]) or not (reach[past-part.m.sg.d.]|cause to reach[root]) , it isn't that think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
318So do not wonder whether your letter has reached here or not.
241पहुँचता ही है . pahuñchtā hī hai . pahuñchnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . reach[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
319It definitely reaches here.
242और बापदादा एक एक के समाचार को , चाहे सेवा का , चाहे स्थिति का , देखते हैं और देखकर शक्तियों का वायब्रेशन देते हैं . aur bāpdādā ēk ēk K|kē samāchār kō , chāhē sēvā kā , chāhē sthiti kā , dēkhtē haĩ aur dēkhkar śhaktiyō̃ kā vibration dētē haĩ . aur bāpdādā ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur dēkhnā[abs.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vibration dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . and BapDada one one (K|of) news to , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) service of , (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) stage of , see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and see[abs.] Shakti of vibrations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
320And what does BapDada do on hearing the news of each one, whether of service or of their stage? 321He gives vibrations of power.
243अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha !
322Achcha.
244 ( बापदादा ने सभी देशों के भाई बहिनों से अलग अलग ग्रुप में हाथ उठवाये ) ( bāpdādā nē sabhī dēśhō̃ K|kē bhāī bahinō̃ sē alag alag group mē̃ hāth uṭhvāyē ) ( bāpdādā nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhānā[past-part.f.]|bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] alag[adj.] alag[adj.] group mē̃[postp.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhvānā[opt.sg.23] ) ( BapDada ∅ all land (K|of) (be liked[past-part.f.]|brother) x from separate separate group in hand make raise[opt.sg.23] )
323South and North America, raise your hands. 324Achcha. 325Put them down. 326This is exercise, it is not?
245साउथ और नार्थ अमेरिका हाथ उठाओ . south aur north America hāth uṭhāō . south aur north America hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . south and north America raise your hands .
327What splendor will America reveal.
246अमेरिका क्या जलवा दिखायेगी ? America kyā jalvā dikhāyēgī ? America kyā jalvā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dikhānā[fut.f.sg.23] ? America what sparkle x[fut.f.sg.23] ?
328You will do something new, will you not?
247कोई नई बात करेंगे ना ! kōī naī bāt karē̃gē nā ! kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ! some new matter do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
329What will you do?
248क्या करेंगे ? kyā karē̃gē ? kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
330You will appear on world TV.
249आज शिवरात्रि का झण्डा लहरायेंगे ना तो प्रत्यक्षता का झण्डा पहले देखें अमेरिका में लहराते हैं या अफ्रीका में , या भारत में ? āj śhivrātri kā jhaṇḍā laharāyēṅgē nā tō pratyakṣhatā kā jhaṇḍā pahlē dēkhē̃ America mē̃ laharātē haĩ yā aphrīkā mē̃ , yā bhārat mē̃ ? āj śhivrātri[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā tō pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] America mē̃[postp.] laharānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yā aphrīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mē̃[postp.] , yā bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ? today Shiva Ratri of flag hoist[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ then revelation of flag (x|firstly) see[opt.pl.12hon3] America in hoist[pres.pl.m.12hon3] or Africa in , or Bharat in ?
331Today, the flag of Shiv Ratri will be hoisted, so we will see whether America, Africa or any other place hoists the flag of revelation. 332Or, do you only hoist it in Bharat?
250पहले कहाँ लहरायेगा ? pahlē kahā̃ laharāyēgā ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] kahā̃ laharānā[fut.m.sg.23] ? (x|firstly) where hoist[fut.m.sg.23] ?
333Where will it be hoisted first?
251अमेरिका में ? America mē̃ ? America mē̃[postp.] ? America in ?
334In America?
252यू . एन . की बिल्डिंग पर शिव बाबा का झण्डा लहराना . U|you . N . key|kī building par śhiv bābā kā jhaṇḍā laharānā . U|you . N . key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] building par[postp.]|par[adj.] śhiv bābā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (U.|x) . x . (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) house (at|other) Shiva Baba of flag hoist[inf.m.sg.d.] .
335Hoist Shiv Baba's flag in the U.N. building.
253जैसे भारत वाले समझते हैं ना लाल किले पर झण्डा लहरायेंगे तो सबकी नजर होगी ना , तो यू . एन . की बिल्डिंग पर झण्डा लहरायेंगे तो सब क्या बोलेंगे ? jaisē bhārat vālē samajhtē haĩ nā lāl kilē par jhaṇḍā laharāyēṅgē tō sabkī najar hōgī nā , tō U|you . N . key|kī building par jhaṇḍā laharāyēṅgē tō sab kyā bōlē̃gē ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā lāl[adj.] kilā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] nā , tō U|you . N . key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] building par[postp.]|par[adj.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō sab[adj.] kyā bōlnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? like Bharat those who understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ x fortress (at|other) flag hoist[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then everyone's glance be[fut.f.sg.23] ∅ , then (U.|x) . x . (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) house (at|other) flag hoist[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then all what speak[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
336People of Bharat think that they will hoist this flag at the Red Fort, and so everyone's vision will be drawn to that. 337Therefore, what would everyone say when you hoist the flag in the U.N. building?
254वन्स मोर , वन्स मोर . vansa mōr , vansa mōr . x mōr[n.m.;sg.,d.] , x mōr[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x peacock , x peacock .
338"Once more, once more."
255वह भी दिन आना ही है . vah bhī din ānā hī hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . that too day (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) only be[pres.sg.23] .
339That day also has to come.
256और यूरोप कहाँ झण्डा लहरायेगा ? aur Europe kahā̃ jhaṇḍā laharāyēgā ? aur Europe kahā̃ jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[fut.m.sg.23] ? and x where flag hoist[fut.m.sg.23] ?
340Where will Europe hoist the flag?
257लण्डन के महल में . london K|kē mahal mē̃ . London K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mahal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] . x (K|of) palace in .
341In the palace of London.
258जैसे वहाँ की परेड देखने आते हैं ना तो ऐसे इस झण्डे को देखने आवे . jaisē vahā̃ key|kī parēḍ dēkhnē ātē haĩ nā tō aisē is jhaṇḍē kō dēkhnē āvē . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vahā̃ key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] x dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.o.] jhaṇḍā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[opt.sg.23] . like there (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x see[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then such this flag to see[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[opt.sg.23] .
342Just as people go to see the parade there, so they should come to see this flag.
259होना है ना ! hōnā hai nā ! hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā ! be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ !
343This has to happen.
260और ही आपको आर्जियाँ करके ले जायेंगे-आओ . aur hī āpkō ārjiyā̃ karkē lē jāyēṅgē-āō . aur hī[p.] āp[pn.pl.kō] x karnā[abs.] lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] x . and only you[.kō] x do[abs.] (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23]) x .
344They will request you to come, saying: "Come". 345Just let there be a little fluctuation.
261थोड़ा सा हलचल होने दो , उन्हों की हलचल होगी , अपना झण्डा लहरायेंगे औरअफ्रीकाकहाँ झण्डा लहरायेगा ? thōṛā sā halchal hōnē dō , unhō̃ key|kī halchal hōgī , apnā jhaṇḍā laharāyēṅgē auraaphrīkākahā̃ jhaṇḍā laharāyēgā ? thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] halchal[x] hōnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] , vah[pn.pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] halchal[x] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] , apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[fut.m.sg.23] ? short x upheaval be[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] , that (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) upheaval be[fut.f.sg.23] , (one’s own|adopt[root]) flag hoist[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x flag hoist[fut.m.sg.23] ?
346They will come into fluctuation, you will hoist your flag. 347Where will Africa hoist their flag? 348Those from Africa, speak! 349Where will you hoist your flag?
262अफ्रीका में जो नामीग्रामी स्थान हो वहाँ झण्डा लहराना . aphrīkā mē̃ jō nāmīgrāmī sthān hō vahā̃ jhaṇḍā laharānā . aphrīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] nāmīgrāmī[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vahā̃ jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . Africa in that x place (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) there flag hoist[inf.m.sg.d.] .
350Is there no special place there? 351Hoist the flag at a very well known place.
263अभी उस मिलेट्री की परेड निकालते हैं और फिर ब्रह्माकुमारियों की यात्रा निकले . abhī us military key|kī parēḍ nikāltē haĩ aur phir brahmākumāriyō̃ key|kī yātrā nikalē . ab[adv.hī] vah[pn.sg.o.] military key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] x nikālnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yātrā[n.f.;sg.] nikalnā[opt.sg.23]|nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . now that military (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and (then|turn[root]) Brahma Kumari (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) pilgrimage (be extracted[opt.sg.23]|be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
352At present, you have a parade of that military, and the BKs will have a pilgrimage. 353What will those from Australia do?
264ऑस्ट्रेलिया वाले क्या करेंगे ? ôsṭrēliyā vālē kyā karē̃gē ? x vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? x those who what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
354Those from Australia, raise your hands.
265अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha !
355Achcha.
266इस बारी ऑस्ट्रेलिया कम आया है . is bārī ôsṭrēliyā cum|kam āyā hai . yah[pn.sg.o.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x cum|kam[adj.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . this x x (x|less) come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
356Have the teachers from Australia not come?
267नहीं तो सबसे नम्बर तो ऑस्ट्रेलिया लेते हैं . nahī̃ tō sabsē number tō ôsṭrēliyā lētē haĩ . nahī̃ tō[x] sabsē number tō x lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . otherwise the most number then x take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
357Why are there less from Australia this time? 358Usually, Australia claims the maximum number.
268इस बारी किसको ज्यादा चांस दिया है ? is bārī kiskō jyādā chance diyā hai ? yah[pn.sg.o.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kaun[pn.sg.kō] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? this x who[.kō] more chance give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
359Who has been given the chance this time. 360UK.
269यू . के . को . U|you . K|kē . kō . U|you . K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . kō[postp.] . (U.|x) . (K|of) . to . 270यू . के . वाले बहुत आये हैं . U|you . K|kē . vālē bahut āyē haĩ . U|you . K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bahut ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . (U.|x) . (K|of) . those who very come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
361There are more from the UK; those from the UK, raise your hands.
271यू . के . तो लक्की हुआ . U|you . K|kē . tō lucky huā . U|you . K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . tō lucky hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . (U.|x) . (K|of) . then lucky be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
362Many have come from the UK.
272शिवरात्रि का चांस यू . के . को मिला है . śhivrātri kā chance U|you . K|kē . kō milā hai . śhivrātri[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance U|you . K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . kō[postp.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . Shiva Ratri of chance (U.|x) . (K|of) . to receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
363And so, the UK is lucky. 364The UK has been given the chance for Shiv Ratri.
273यू . के . वालों ने मेहनत भी अच्छी की है . U|you . K|kē . vālō̃ nē mēhnat bhī achchhī kī hai . U|you . K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . (U.|x) . (K|of) . those who ∅ effort too achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
365Those from the UK have worked very hard.
274मलेशिया की सेवा भी अच्छी वृद्धि को प्राप्त कर रही है . Malaysia key|kī sēvā bhī achchhī vr̥iddhi kō prāpt kar rahī hai . Malaysia key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] prāpt karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . Malaysia (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) service too achcha growth to reach . 275अच्छे हैं . achchhē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
366Those from Asia raise your hands; Malaysia is included in Asia. 367Service in Malaysia is also expanding very well.
276यू . के . तो है ही फाउण्डेशन और अमेरिका है सर्विसके वृद्धि की आवाज फैलाने का बड़ा माइक . U|you . K|kē . tō hai hī foundation aur America hai sarvisakē vr̥iddhi key|kī āvāj phailānē kā baṛā mike . U|you . K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] foundation aur America hōnā[pres.sg.23] x vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] āvāz[n.f.;sg.] phailānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mike . (U.|x) . (K|of) . then be[pres.sg.23] only foundation and America be[pres.sg.23] x growth (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) noise spread[inf.m.pl.,o.] of very mike .
368You are good, UK is the foundation any way, and America is the big mike to spread the sound of the expansion for service.
277अमेरिका की यह विशेषता है . America key|kī yah viśhēṣhtā hai . America key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yah[pn.sg.d.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . America (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) this speciality be[pres.sg.23] . 278और अफ्रीका की विशेषता क्या है ? aur aphrīkā key|kī viśhēṣhtā kyā hai ? aur aphrīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? and Africa (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) speciality what be[pres.sg.23] ?
369This is the specialty of America, and what is the specialty of Africa?
279अफ्रीका वालों की कमाल है जो दुनिया भय में है और ये निर्भय हैं . aphrīkā vālō̃ key|kī kamāl hai jō duniyā bhay mē̃ hai aur yē nirbhay haĩ . aphrīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] bhay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur yah[pn.pl.d.] nirbhay[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Africa those who (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x be[pres.sg.23] that world fear in be[pres.sg.23] and this x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
370It is the wonder of those from Africa that the world is in fear and you are fearless.
280रीयल में श्याम से सुन्दर बनाने वाला तोअफ्रीका है ना ! real mē̃ śhyām sē sundar banānē vālā tōaphrīkā hai nā ! real mē̃[postp.] śhyām[adj.] sē[postp.] sundar[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! real in x from x create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who x be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
371It is Africa that will really make the shyam ones into sundar.
281निर्भयता की कमाल इन्हों की है . nirbhayatā key|kī kamāl inhō̃ kī hai . nirbhayatā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x this do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
372It is the wonder of their fearlessness.
282देखो , दो दो बहनें रहती हैं लेकिन निर्भय होकर रहती हैं . dēkhō , dō dō bahanē̃ rahtī haĩ lēkin nirbhay hōkar rahtī haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] rahnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] lēkin nirbhay[adj.] hōnā[abs.] rahnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) x remain[pres.pl.f.12hon3] but x be[abs.] remain[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
373Two sisters live together, but they are fearless.
283हिम्मत रखते हैं ना तो बाप की मदद है . himmat rakhtē haĩ nā tō bāp key|kī madad hai . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] madad[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . courage keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ then father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) x be[pres.sg.23] .
374Because they have courage, they receive the Father's help.
284अफ्रीका की भी सेवा अच्छी वृद्धि को पा रही है . aphrīkā key|kī bhī sēvā achchhī vr̥iddhi kō pā rahī hai . aphrīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] pānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . Africa (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too service achcha growth to x[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
375Service in Africa is expanding well.
285वैसे विदेश में भी इस समय सब तरफ सेवा का उमंग उत्साह और वृद्धि अच्छी है . vaisē vidēśh mē̃ bhī is samay sab taraph sēvā kā umaṅg utsāh aur vr̥iddhi achchhī hai . vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] is samay[x] sab[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x abroad in too at this time all direction service of zeal enthusiasm and growth achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
376In all the foreign lands at this time, there is very good zeal and enthusiasm for service and expansion.
286अभी तरीका , विधि आ गई है . abhī tarīkā , vidhi ā gaī hai . ab[adv.hī] tarīkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . now method , method come[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
377You now know the method to do this.
287धरनी भी बदली है और विधि भी आ गई है . dharnī bhī badalī hai aur vidhi bhī ā gaī hai . dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] badalnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] aur vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . (adopt[inf.f.]|earth) too change[pres-perf.sg.f.23] and method too come[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
378The land has changed and you now know the method.
288देखो सबसे पीछे रशिया खुला है , वहाँ की भी सेवा देखो कितनी है ! dēkhō sabsē pīchhē Russia khulā hai , vahā̃ key|kī bhī sēvā dēkhō kitnī hai ! dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sabsē pīchhē Russia khulnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vahā̃ key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] the most x x open up[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , there (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) too service see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so be[pres.sg.23] !
379Russia opened up last and so much service has taken place there.
289रशिया वाले भी आये हैं ना ! Russia vālē bhī āyē haĩ nā ! Russia vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā ! x those who too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ !
380Those from Russia have also come, have they not?
290ये तो एक ही तरफ बैठते हैं . yē tō ēk hī taraph baiṭhtē haĩ . yah[pn.pl.d.] tō ēk[adj.] hī[p.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . this then one only direction sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
381Those from Russia, raise your hands.
291इन्हों की युनिटी बहुत अच्छी है , जहाँ एक जायेगा ना वहाँ सब जायेंगे . inhō̃ key|kī unity bahut achchhī hai , jahā̃ ēk jāyēgā nā vahā̃ sab jāyēṅgē . yah[pn.pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] unity bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jahā̃ ēk[adj.] jānā[fut.m.sg.23] nā vahā̃ sab[adj.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . this (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) unity very achcha be[pres.sg.23] , where there one go[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ there all go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
382Achcha, all of you always sit together on one side. 383Your unity is very good.
292अच्छा है , लास्ट सो फर्स्ट हो रहे हैं . achchhā hai , last sō first hō rahē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , last sō|sōnā[root] first[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , last (x|sleep[root]) first be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
384Wherever one goes, everyone else will go. 385It is good.
293अच्छी रिजल्ट है . achchhī result hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] result hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha result be[pres.sg.23] .
386You have come last and are going fast.
294देखो , अभी तो स्थान भी मिल रहे हैं . dēkhō , abhī tō sthān bhī mil rahē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ab[adv.hī] tō sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , now then place too receive[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
387It is a good result. 388You are even getting a place now.
295अभी गवर्मेन्ट को और अपना बनाते जाओ . abhī government kō aur apnā banātē jāō . ab[adv.hī] government kō[postp.] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . now government to and (one’s own|adopt[root]) create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] .
389Now, make the government belong to you even more.
296अच्छा उमंग उत्साह है . achchhā umaṅg utsāh hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha zeal enthusiasm be[pres.sg.23] .
390You have very good zeal and enthusiasm.
297और ऑस्ट्रेलिया में बापदादा की बहुत बहुत बहुत श्रेष्ठ आशाओं के दीपक जग रहे हैं . aur ôsṭrēliyā mē̃ bāpdādā key|kī bahut bahut bahut śhrēṣhṭh āśhāō̃ K|kē dīpak jag rahē haĩ . aur x mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] bahut bahut bahut śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dīpak[x] jagnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . and x in BapDada (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) very very very elevated desire (K|of) x wake up[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
391In Australia, BapDada's lamps of very, very, very elevated hopes are being awakened.
298ऑस्ट्रेलिया ऐसी कमाल करेंगे जो कोई ने नहीं की . ôsṭrēliyā aisī kamāl karē̃gē jō kōī nē nahī̃ key|kī . x aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] nē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] . x such x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that some ∅ not (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) .
392Australia will perform such a wonder which no one has as yet performed.
299क्यों कमाल करेंगे ? kyō̃ kamāl karē̃gē ? kyō̃ kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? why x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
393Why? 394What is the reason?
300कारण बताओ ? kāraṇ batāō ? kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ? because tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ?
395What wonder will you perform?
301क्योंकि ऑस्ट्रेलिया में सब प्रकार की बुद्धि वाले हैं . kyōṅki ôsṭrēliyā mē̃ sab prakār key|kī buddhi vālē haĩ . kyōṅki x mē̃[postp.] sab[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . because x in all form (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) intellect those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
396What is the reason? 397There are people with all types of intellects in Australia.
302इन्वेन्टर भी हैं , कार्य को , प्लैन को प्रैक्टिकल में लाने वाली बुद्धि भी है , इसलिये आदि में भी ऑस्ट्रेलिया ने बहुत अपनी कमाल दिखाई . inventor bhī haĩ , kārya kō , plan kō practical mē̃ lānē vālī buddhi bhī hai , isliyē ādi mē̃ bhī ôsṭrēliyā nē bahut apnī kamāl dikhāī . inventor bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] , plan kō[postp.] practical mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , isliē ādi[adj.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] x nē[postp.] bahut apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . inventor too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , task to , plan to practical in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who intellect too be[pres.sg.23] , therefore etc. in too x ∅ very one’s own x (x[past-part.f.]|x) .
398There are inventors there; there are those who put the plans into a practical form there. 399Therefore, Australia showed its wonders a great deal in the beginning also.
303अभी बीच में थोड़ा प्लैन बना रहे थे . abhī bīch mē̃ thōṛā plan banā rahē thē . ab[adv.hī] bīch mē̃[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan bannā[opt.sg.23.past-part+rahnā] hōnā[past.pl] . now centre in short plan become[opt.sg.23.past-part+rahnā] be[past.pl] .
400Now, in between, they are making a few plans.
304और आगे चलकर प्रैक्टिकल में आना ही है . aur āgē chalkar practical mē̃ ānā hī hai . aur āgē chalnā[abs.] practical mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and previously continue[abs.] practical in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) only be[pres.sg.23] .
401As you progress further, they will put them into practice.
305तो ऑस्ट्रेलिया की तरफ बापदादा की विशेष श्रेष्ठ सेवा के आशाओं की नजर है . tō ôsṭrēliyā key|kī taraph bāpdādā key|kī viśhēṣh śhrēṣhṭh sēvā K|kē āśhāō̃ key|kī najar hai . tō x key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣh[adj.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) direction BapDada (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) special elevated service (K|of) desire (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) glance be[pres.sg.23] .
402So BapDada's vision of hope for elevated service is especially towards Australia. 403Do you understand?
306समझा ? samjhā ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ? 307इस बारी कम आये हैं लेकिन सभी सुनेंगे . is bārī cum|kam āyē haĩ lēkin sabhī sunē̃gē . yah[pn.sg.o.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin sab[adv.hī] sunnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . this x (x|less) come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] but all listen[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
404At present, very few have come, but all will hear this.
308अच्छा , जो डायलाग में आये थे वो हाथ उठाओ . achchhā , jō dialogue mē̃ āyē thē vō hāth uṭhāō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , jō[pn.;d.] dialogue mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-perf.pl.m.] vah[pn.;d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha , that dialogue in come[past-perf.pl.m.] that raise your hands .
405Who is left out? 406Europe. 407Achcha, those from Europe, raise your hands.
309 ( आबू डायलाग में आये हुए कुछ मेहमान भी बापदादा की मुरली सुन रहे हैं ) ये थोड़ी सी आत्मायें महानभाग्यवान हैं . ( ābū dialogue mē̃ āyē huē kuchh mēhmān bhī bāpdādā key|kī murlī sun rahē haĩ ) yē thōṛī C|see|sī ātmāyē̃ mahānabhāgyavān haĩ . ( ābū dialogue mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] kuchh mēhmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) yah[pn.pl.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] C|see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . ( Abu dialogue in (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] anything guest too BapDada (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) flute listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ) this short (x|see) soul x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
408There are many from Europe. 409There are more sisters in Europe. 410Those who came for the Dialogue, raise your hands. 411What would you call them?
310तो डॉयलाग में आये और बहुत अच्छे श्रेष्ठ माइक बनकर जा रहे हैं . tō ḍôyalāg mē̃ āyē aur bahut achchhē śhrēṣhṭh mike bankar jā rahē haĩ . tō x mē̃[postp.] ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[opt.sg.23] aur bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] mike bannā[abs.] jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then x in (come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|come[opt.sg.23]) and very achcha elevated mike become[abs.] go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
412These few souls are greatly fortunate. 413You came for the Dialogue and are returning as very elevated mikes.
311मैसेन्जर बनकर जा रहे हैं . messenger bankar jā rahē haĩ . messenger bannā[abs.] jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . messenger become[abs.] go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
414You are going back as messengers.
312सभी के मन में , सारे ग्रुप के मन में ये उमंग है कि ज्यादा से ज्यादा मैसेज देकर अनेक आत्माओं को परिचय दें और स्वीट होम में पहुँचाये . sabhī K|kē man mē̃ , sārē group K|kē man mē̃ yē umaṅg hai ki jyādā sē jyādā message dēkar anēk ātmāō̃ kō parichay dē̃ aur sweet home mē̃ pahũchāyē . sab[adv.hī] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] group K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.pl.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sē[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] message dēnā[abs.] anēk[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] parichay dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] aur sweet home[x] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchānā[opt.sg.23] . all (K|of) mind in , the whole group (K|of) mind in this zeal be[pres.sg.23] that more from more message give[abs.] many soul to x[opt.pl.12hon3] and sweet home in cause to reach[opt.sg.23] . 313ऐसा उमंग है ? aisā umaṅg hai ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? such zeal be[pres.sg.23] ?
415The entire group has the enthusiasm in their mind to give the maximum number of messages to everyone and to give them the introduction and enable them to reach their sweet home.
314जिन्होंने हाथ उठाया उन्हों को उमंग है ? jinhōnnē hāth uṭhāyā unhō̃ kō umaṅg hai ? jō[pn.pl.nē] hāth uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? that[.nē] raise your hands that to zeal be[pres.sg.23] ?
416Do you have such enthusiasm?
315अच्छा , सभी ने देखा है कौन सी भाग्यवान आत्मायें हैं ? achchhā , sabhī nē dēkhā hai kaun C|see|sī bhāgyavān ātmāyē̃ haĩ ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] kaun[pn.;d.] C|see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhāgyavān[x] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? achcha , all ∅ see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] who (x|see) fortunate soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
417Achcha, all of you have seen them; who are the fortunate souls?
316रीयल में तो इन्हों का बर्थ डे हो गया . real mē̃ tō inhō̃ kā birth day hō gayā . real mē̃[postp.] tō yah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] birth day[x] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . real in then this of birthday be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
418So, in reality, it is their birthday.
317तो मैसेन्जर बनने के बर्थ डे की मुबारक . tō messenger bannē K|kē birth day key|kī mubārak . tō messenger bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] birth day[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . then messenger become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) birthday (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations .
419Congratulations for the birthday of becoming messengers.
318अच्छा , यूरोप क्या करेगा ? achchhā , Europe kyā karēgā ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , Europe kyā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? achcha , x what do[fut.m.sg.23] ?
420Achcha, what will Europe do?
319यूरोप अपनी अंचली यू . के . में डालता है , ऐसे ! Europe apnī añchalī U|you . K|kē . mē̃ ḍāltā hai , aisē ! Europe apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] añchalī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] U|you . K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . mē̃[postp.] ḍālnā[pres.sg.m.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ! x one’s own drop (U.|x) . (K|of) . in create[pres.sg.m.23] , such !
421Europe gives its finger to the UK. 422Is it like this? 423It is good.
320लेकिन अच्छा है , कोई भी ऐसा विशेष देश रहना नहीं चाहिये जो उलहना दे कि हमारे देश में तो आपका मैसेज पहुँचा ही नहीं . lēkin achchhā hai , kōī bhī aisā viśhēṣh dēśh rahnā nahī̃ chāhiyē jō ulahnā dē ki hamārē dēśh mē̃ tō āpkā message pahuñchā hī nahī̃ . lēkin achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kōī bhī[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] chāhiē jō[pn.;d.] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kē] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō āp[pn.pl.kā] message pahuñchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pahuñchānā[root] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . but achcha be[pres.sg.23] , anyone such special land remain[inf.m.sg.d.] not should that complaint (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) that we[.kē] land in then you[.kā] message (reach[past-part.m.sg.d.]|cause to reach[root]) only not .
424No country should be left out that they complain that your message never reached their country. 425You have to reach every corner, every country.
321तो जो भी विशेष देश है , पहुँचना तो कोने कोने में है , लेकिन कोने कोने में मैसेज जरूर देना . tō jō bhī viśhēṣh dēśh hai , pahuñchnā tō kōnē kōnē mē̃ hai , lēkin kōnē kōnē mē̃ message jarūr dēnā . tō jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , pahuñchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , lēkin kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] message zarūr dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then that too special land be[pres.sg.23] , reach[inf.m.sg.d.] then corner corner in be[pres.sg.23] , but corner corner in message definitely give[inf.m.sg.d.] .
426You definitely have to give the message in every corner. 427Baba should not have to listen to any complaints. 428Achcha.
322उलहना नहीं सुनना पड़े . ulahnā nahī̃ sunnā paṛē . ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] sunnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] . complaint not listen[opt.sg.23.oblig2] . 323अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha !
429Those from Mauritius, raise your hands.
324मॉरीशियस देश के हिसाब से जितना ही छोटा है उतना ही सेवा में बड़ा है . Mauritius dēśh K|kē hisāb sē jitnā hī chhōṭā hai utnā hī sēvā mē̃ baṛā hai . Mauritius dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Mauritius land (K|of) account from the more only small be[pres.sg.23] x only service in very be[pres.sg.23] .
430Achcha, it is very good. 431The smaller Mauritius is in size, the bigger it is in service.
325मॉरीशियस की ये विशेषता है कि आई . पी . भी होमली हैं . Mauritius key|kī yē viśhēṣhtā hai ki āī|eye|I . P|pī . bhī homely haĩ . Mauritius key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] yah[pn.pl.d.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ānā[past-part.f.]|eye|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . bhī[p.] homely hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Mauritius (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) this speciality be[pres.sg.23] that (come[past-part.f.]|eye|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . too homely be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
432The specialty of Mauritius is that even the IPs are very homely.
326चाहे प्राइम मिनिस्टर है या मिनिस्टर हैं लेकिन होमली रूप से मिलते भी हैं और सहयोगी भी बनते हैं . chāhē prime minister hai yā minister haĩ lēkin homely rūp sē miltē bhī haĩ aur sahyōgī bhī bantē haĩ . chāhnā[opt.sg.23]|chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē prime minister[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā minister hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin homely rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] milnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur sahyōgī[adj.] bhī[p.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether) prime minister be[pres.sg.23] or minister be[pres.pl.12hon3] but homely Rup from receive[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] and co-operative too become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
433Whether he is the Prime Minister or a Minister, he meets everyone in a very homely manner and even becomes cooperative.
327श्रीलंका वाले हाथ उठाओ . śhrīlaṅkā vālē hāth uṭhāō . laṅkā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Lanka those who raise your hands .
434Those from Sri Lanka, raise your hands.
328ये भाषा के कारणइकट्ठे बैठे हैं . yē bhāṣhā K|kē kāraṇaikaṭṭhē baiṭhē haĩ . yah[pn.pl.d.] bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . this language (K|of) x sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
435All of you are sitting together because of the language.
329श्रीलंका तो नाम ही श्री है . śhrīlaṅkā tō nām hī śhrī hai . laṅkā[n.f.;sg.] tō nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] śhrī[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Lanka then name only Shri be[pres.sg.23] .
436SriLanka has the name Sri.
330श्री का अर्थ ही महान है . śhrī kā arth|earth hī mahān hai . śhrī[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] mahān, mahā[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Shri of (meaning|earth) only great be[pres.sg.23] .
437Sri means elevated.
331तो श्रीलंका में जहाँ अशान्ति है वहाँ शान्ति स्थापन करना और शान्ति का सन्देश देना ये कितना श्रेष्ठ कार्य है तो श्रीलंका सन्देश देने का श्री कार्य कर रहे हैं . tō śhrīlaṅkā mē̃ jahā̃ aśhānti hai vahā̃ śhānti sthāpan karnā aur śhānti kā sandēśh dēnā yē kitnā śhrēṣhṭh kārya hai tō śhrīlaṅkā sandēśh dēnē kā śhrī kārya kar rahē haĩ . tō laṅkā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] jahā̃ aśhānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vahā̃ śhānti sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur śhānti kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.pl.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō laṅkā[n.f.;sg.] sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrī[x] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . then Lanka in where there peacelessness be[pres.sg.23] there peace establishment do[inf.m.sg.d.] and peace of message give[inf.m.sg.d.] this so elevated task be[pres.sg.23] then Lanka message give[inf.m.pl.,o.] of Shri task do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
438In Sri Lanka, to establish peace where there is peacelessness and to give the message of peace is such an elevated task. 439And so, Sri Lanka is carrying out the elevated task of giving the message.
332मिडिल ईस्ट भी आया है . middle east bhī āyā hai . Middle East[x] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . Middle East too come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
440The Middle East has also come.
333दुबई के भी आये हैं . Dubai K|kē bhī āyē haĩ . x K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . x (K|of) too come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
441There are very few of you.
334हैं थोड़े लेकिन महावीर हैं . haĩ thōṛē lēkin mahāvīr haĩ . hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēkin mahāvīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . be[pres.pl.12hon3] short but Mahavir be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
442Dubai, raise your hands. 443Achcha, there are few of you.
335अच्छा है श्रीलंका तो कल्प पहले भी लंकाजीत ब्राह्मण कहलाते हैं . achchhā hai śhrīlaṅkā tō kalp pahlē bhī laṅkājīt brāhmaṇ kahlātē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] laṅkā[n.f.;sg.] tō kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] x brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahlānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] Lanka then cycle (x|firstly) too x Brahmin call[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
444You are few but you are Mahavirs. 445It is good. 446Sri Lanka conquered Lanka a kalpa ago also and became Brahmins.
336तो श्रीलंका पर तो विजय होनी ही है . tō śhrīlaṅkā par tō vijay hōnī hī hai . tō laṅkā[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] tō vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.f.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then Lanka (at|other) then victory be[inf.f.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
447Victory has to be attained in Sri Lanka.
337मिडिल ईस्ट भी धीरे धीरे आगे बढ़ रहा है . middle east bhī dhīrē dhīrē āgē baṛh rahā hai . Middle East[x] bhī[p.] dhīrē dhīrē āgē baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . Middle East too x x previously grow[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
448The Middle East is also progressing gradually.
338क्योंकि गुप्त में भी गुप्त वेश धारण करके सेवा करनी पड़ती है ना तो डबल सेवा करने की मुबारक . kyōṅki gupta mē̃ bhī gupta vēśh dhāraṇ karkē sēvā karnī paṛtī hai nā tō double sēvā karnē key|kī mubārak . kyōṅki gupt[adj.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] gupt[adj.] vēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] nā tō double sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . because incognito in too incognito x adopting do[abs.] service do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] ∅ then double service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations .
449Whilst being incognito, you have to do service in an incognito form, and so congratulations for double service.
339फिर भी बापदादा मुबारक देते हैं जो वायुमण्डल कैसा भी हो अचल अडोल अविनाशी रत्न हैं . phir bhī bāpdādā mubārak dētē haĩ jō vāyumaṇḍal kaisā bhī hō achal aḍōl avināśhī ratna haĩ . phir bhī[x] bāpdādā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] achal aḍōl[adj.] avināśhī[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . nevertheless BapDada congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that atmosphere how too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) unshakeable unshakeable imperishable jewel be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
450BapDada is congratulating you, because no matter what the atmosphere is like, you are unshakeable, immovable imperishable jewels.
340एक एक रत्न अमूल्य हैं . ēk ēk ratna amūlya haĩ . ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] amūlya[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . one one jewel invaluable be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
451Each jewel is invaluable.
341और जगह सेवा करना सहज है लेकिन यहाँ सेवा डबल गुप्त रूप में करना पड़ता है . aur jagah sēvā karnā sahaj hai lēkin yahā̃ sēvā double gupta rūp mē̃ karnā paṛtā hai . aur jagah[n.f.;sg.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin yahā̃ sēvā[n.f.;sg.] double gupt[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] . and x service do[inf.m.sg.d.] easy be[pres.sg.23] but here service double incognito Rup in do[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] .
452It is easy to do service in other places, but there, you have to do service in a doubly incognito form.
342फिर भी हिम्मत वाले हैं . phir bhī himmat vālē haĩ . phir bhī[x] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . nevertheless courage those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
453Even so, you have courage.
343हिम्मत छोड़ने वाले नहीं . himmat chhōṛnē vālē nahī̃ . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhōṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] . courage renounce[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not .
454You are not those who let go of your courage.
344अचल अडोल आत्मायें हैं . achal aḍōl ātmāyē̃ haĩ . achal aḍōl[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . unshakeable unshakeable soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
455You are unshakeable, immovable souls.
345इसलिये बापदादा हिम्मतवान बच्चों को पदमगुणा मदद की मुबारक देते हैं . isliyē bāpdādā himmatvān bachchō̃ kō padamguṇā madad key|kī mubārak dētē haĩ . isliē bāpdādā himmatvān[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] madad[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . therefore BapDada x child to multimillion-fold x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
456This is why BapDada is giving multimillion fold congratulations to the courageous children.
346अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
457Achcha.
347करेबियन में फाउण्डेशन तो अच्छा पड़ा . karēbiyan mē̃ foundation tō achchhā paṛā . x mē̃[postp.] foundation tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] paṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . x in foundation then achcha fall[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
458There is a very good foundation in the Caribbean.
348अभी कितने सेन्टर हो गये करेबियन में . abhī kitnē centre hō gayē karēbiyan mē̃ . ab[adv.hī] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] centre hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] x mē̃[postp.] . now so centre be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] x in .
459And this one has been working hard from the beginning.
349 ( 10-12 ) फिर भी हिम्मत अच्छी रखी है . ( 10-12 ) phir bhī himmat achchhī rakhī hai . ( 10-12 ) phir bhī[x] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . ( 10-12 ) nevertheless courage achcha keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
460How many centers are there now in the Caribbean? 461(1012).
350भक्ति के विस्तार में ज्ञानी तू आत्मा बनाना इसमें हिम्मत अच्छी रखी है और ब्राह्मण भी अच्छे वृद्धि को पा रहे हैं . bhakti K|kē vistār mē̃ gyānī tū ātmā banānā ismē̃ himmat achchhī rakhī hai aur brāhmaṇ bhī achchhē vr̥iddhi kō pā rahē haĩ . bhakti[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] gyānī[adj.] tū ātmā[n.f.;sg.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.mē̃] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] aur brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] pānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . devotion (K|of) expansion in gyani you soul create[inf.m.sg.d.] this[.mē̃] courage achcha keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] and Brahmin too achcha growth to x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
462You have good courage. 463You have maintained very good courage in creating knowledgeable souls amidst the expansion of bhakti, and the number of Brahmins is also increasing.
351शुरू से जो आदि से आये हैं वो बहुत अच्छे चल रहे हैं . śhurū sē jō ādi sē āyē haĩ vō bahut achchhē chal rahē haĩ . śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] ādi[adj.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . beginning from that etc. from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that very achcha continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
464Those who have been coming from the beginning are moving along very well.
352ज्यादा हलचल में नहीं आये हैं . jyādā halchal mē̃ nahī̃ āyē haĩ . jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] halchal[x] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . more upheaval in not come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
465You have not come into a lot of fluctuation.
353यह भी अच्छा रिकॉर्ड है . yah bhī achchhā record hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] record hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this too achcha record be[pres.sg.23] .
466This is also a good record.
354करेबियन भी कम नहीं है , कमाल करने वाला है . karēbiyan bhī cum|kam nahī̃ hai , kamāl karnē vālā hai . x bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x too (x|less) not be[pres.sg.23] , x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] .
467The Caribbean is no less, it will perform wonders.
355अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha !
468Achcha.
356जहाँ के भी हो , सभी बाप के समीप और सिकीलधे हो . jahā̃ K|kē bhī hō , sabhī bāp K|kē samīp aur sikīladhē hō . jahā̃ K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , sab[adv.hī] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samīp[adj.] aur sikīladhē[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . where there (K|of) too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , all father (K|of) close and beloved, long-lost and now-found (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
469Wherever you have come from, all of you are close and loved by the Father.
357बापदादा अमृतवेले चारों ओर के अमूल्य रत्नों को देख देखहर्षित होते हैं . bāpdādā amr̥itvēlē chārō̃ ōr K|kē amūlya ratnō̃ kō dēkh dēkhaharṣit hōtē haĩ . bāpdādā amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] amūlya[adj.] ratna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] x hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada amrit vela everywhere (K|of) invaluable jewel to see[root] x be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
470BapDada is very happy to see the invaluable jewels in all four directions from amrit vela.
358जिसको देखते हैं सब एक दो से आगे हैं . jiskō dēkhtē haĩ sab ēk dō sē āgē haĩ . jō[pn.sg.kō] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] sab[adj.] ēk[adj.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|dō[adj.] sē[postp.] āgē hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . that[.kō] see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] all one (give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|two) from previously be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
471Whomsoever He sees, each one is ahead of the other.
359क्यों ? kyō̃ ? kyō̃ ? why ?
472Why?
360हर एक की अपनी अपनी विशेषता है . har ēk key|kī apnī apnī viśhēṣhtā hai . har ēk[x] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . each one (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) one’s own one’s own speciality be[pres.sg.23] .
473Each one's specialty is very special.
361चारों ओर के अमूल्य विशेष रत्नों को , सदा हर दिन उत्साह से उत्सव मनाने वाली श्रेष्ठ आत्माओं को , सदा स्वय्स्थिति और सेवा के उन्नति में बैलेन्स रखने वाली ब्लैसिंग के अधिकारी आत्माओं को , सदा परिस्थिति को सहज पार करने वाली ऐसे अचल , अडोल , महावीर आत्माओं को बापदादा का याद प्यार और नमस्ते . chārō̃ ōr K|kē amūlya viśhēṣh ratnō̃ kō , sadā har|her din utsāh sē utsav manānē vālī śhrēṣhṭh ātmāō̃ kō , sadā svaysthiti aur sēvā K|kē unnati mē̃ balance rakhnē vālī blessing K|kē adhikārī ātmāō̃ kō , sadā paristhiti kō sahaj pār karnē vālī aisē achal , aḍōl , mahāvīr ātmāō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yād pyār aur namastē . chārō̃ ōr[x] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] amūlya[adj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ratna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā harnā[root]|har|her din[n.m.;sg.,d.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] utsav[x] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā x aur sēvā[n.f.;sg.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] unnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] balance rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] blessing K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] sahaj[adj.] pār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achal , aḍōl[adj.] , mahāvīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . everywhere (K|of) invaluable special jewel to , constantly (x[root]|x) day enthusiasm from x celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who elevated soul to , constantly x and service (K|of) self-progress in balance keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who blessing (K|of) (one) who has a right soul to , constantly circumstances to easy across do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who such unshakeable , unshakeable , Mahavir soul to BapDada of remembrance love and x .
474To the special, invaluable jewels in all four directions; to the elevated souls who celebrate each day with festivity; to the souls who have a right to blessings by maintaining the balance of their own stage and service; to the unshakeable, immovable, mahavir souls who easily overcome all obstacles, BapDada's love, remembrances and namaste. 475Did you all receive a response to you cards? 476Or will you say: Well, I brought a card; give me a response.
362टीचर्स से - टीचर्स को विशेष बापदादा मुबारक दे रहे हैं . teachers sē - teachers kō viśhēṣh bāpdādā mubārak dē rahē haĩ . teacher sē[postp.] - teacher kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] bāpdādā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . teacher from - teacher to special BapDada congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
477To the Teachers: Teachers sitting at the front, raise your hands. 478BapDada is giving special congratulations to the teachers.
363क्योंकि हर वर्ष सेवा की रिजल्ट में टीचर्स ने मेहनत अच्छी की है . kyōṅki har|her varṣh sēvā key|kī result mē̃ teachers nē mēhnat achchhī kī hai . kyōṅki harnā[root]|har|her varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] result mē̃[postp.] teacher nē[postp.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . because (x[root]|x) year service (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) result in teacher ∅ effort achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
479Each year teachers have made very good effort for the result of service each year.
364इसलिये प्रत्यक्षफल बाप की दुआएं हैं . isliyē pratyakṣhaphal bāp key|kī duāē̃ haĩ . isliē pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . therefore x father (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) blessing be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 365समझा ! samjhā ! samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ! (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) !
480And this is why the practical fruit is blessings from the Father.
366टीचर्स से पूछने की आवश्यकता नहीं है कि खुश हैं ? teachers sē pūchhnē key|kī āvaśhyaktā nahī̃ hai ki khuśh haĩ ? teacher sē[postp.] pūchhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? teacher from ask[inf.m.pl.,o.] (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) need not be[pres.sg.23] that happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
481Do you understand? 482There is no need to ask the teachers if they are happy.
367खुश हैं और खुश बनाने के निमित्त हैं . khuśh haĩ aur khuśh banānē kē nimitt haĩ . khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur khuśh[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] and happy create[inf.m.pl.,o.] x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
483You are happy and you are instruments to make others happy.
368तो जो औरों को खुश बनाते हैं वो स्वयं तो जरूर होंगे . tō jō aurō̃ kō khuśh banātē haĩ vō svayã tō jarūr hōṅgē . tō jō[pn.;d.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] khuśh[adj.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] svayã tō zarūr hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then that others to happy create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that x then definitely be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
484Those who make others happy will definitely be happy themselves.
369टीचर का अर्थ ही अचल अमर . teacher kā arth|earth hī achal amar . teacher kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] achal amar[adj.] . teacher of (meaning|earth) only unshakeable immortal .
485A teacher means one who is unshakeable and immortal.
370तो अमर भी हैं और अचल भी हैं . tō amar bhī haĩ aur achal bhī haĩ . tō amar[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur achal bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then immortal too be[pres.pl.12hon3] and unshakeable too be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
486So you are immortal and also unshakeable.
371ऐसे है ! aisē hai ! aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! such be[pres.sg.23] !
487Is it like this?
372कि कभी कभी खुशी थोड़ी कम होती है ? ki kabhī kabhī khuśhī thōṛī kam hōtī hai ? ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kam hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? that ever ever happiness short decrease ?
488Yes or no? 489Or does your happiness decrease sometimes?
373नहीं , हो ही नहीं सकती . nahī̃ , hō hī nahī̃ saktī . nahī̃[neg] , hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.f.] . not , (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only not can[pres-part.f.] .
490No, it cannot decrease.
374इतना निश्चय है . itnā niśhchay hai . itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such faith be[pres.sg.23] .
491You have this much faith.
375दादी जानकी से - प्रकृतिजीत है ना ! dādī jānkī sē - prakr̥itijīt hai nā ! dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] - prakr̥itijīt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! Dadi x from - conqueror of matter be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
492Speaking to Dadi Janki:You are the conqueror of matter, are you not?
376प्रकृति का काम है हिलाना और आपका काम है प्रकृति को हिलाना . prakr̥iti kā kām hai hilānā aur āpkā kām hai prakr̥iti kō hilānā . prakr̥iti[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hilānā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur āp[pn.pl.kā] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] prakr̥iti[x] kō[postp.] hilānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . matter of (task|lust) be[pres.sg.23] make fluctuate[inf.m.sg.d.] and you[.kā] (task|lust) be[pres.sg.23] matter to make fluctuate[inf.m.sg.d.] .
493It is the duty of matter to make you fluctuate and your duty is to make matter fluctuate.
377अच्छा है , प्यार से रेस्ट नहीं करते तो मजबूरी से कराते हैं . achchhā hai , pyār sē rest nahī̃ kartē tō majbūrī sē karātē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] rest nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō majbūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] karānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , love from x not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then x from make commit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
494It is good. 495When you do not take rest with love, you are compelled to take rest.
378क्या है , इनकी सेवा से बहुत मोहब्बत है . kyā hai , inkī sēvā sē bahut mōhabbat hai . kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.kī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] bahut muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . what be[pres.sg.23] , this[.kī] service from very love be[pres.sg.23] .
496What happens is that you have a lot of love for service.
379उमंग है , कोई रह नहीं जाये , कोई रह नहीं जाये . umaṅg hai , kōī rah nahī̃ jāyē , kōī rah nahī̃ jāyē . umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kōī[pn.;d.] rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , kōī[pn.;d.] rahnā[root] nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . zeal be[pres.sg.23] , some remain[root] not go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , some remain[root] not go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
497You have the enthusiasm that no one should be left out.
380ऐसे है ना ! aisē hai nā ! aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! such be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
498It is like this, is it not?
381 ( बाबा ने अपने पास बिठाया ) साथ रहती है ना तो साथ ही बिठायेंगे . ( bābā nē apnē pās|pass biṭhāyā ) sāth rahtī hai nā tō sāth hī biṭhāyēṅgē . ( bābā nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pās|pass biṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā tō sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] biṭhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . ( Baba ∅ one’s own (x|pass) x[past-part.m.sg.d.] ) with remain[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ then with only x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
499(Baba made Dadi sit next to Him.) 500Because you stay with the Father, Baba will sit you with Him.
382अच्छा है , नई नई इन्वेन्शन निकलेगी . achchhā hai , naī naī invention nikalēgī . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] invention nikalnā[fut.f.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , new new invention be extracted[fut.f.sg.23] .
501It is good. 502New inventions will be created.
383कोई बात नहीं . kōī bāt nahī̃ . kōī[pn.;d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . some matter not .
503It is not anything difficult.
384रेस्ट भी मिलती है तो कोई नया प्लैन बनाने के लिये . rest bhī miltī hai tō kōī nayā plan banānē K|kē liyē . rest bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . x too receive[pres.sg.f.23] then some new plan create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
504When you receive rest, it is to make new plans.
385इसलिये आपको कोई नया माल मिलेगा . isliyē āpkō kōī nayā māl milēgā . isliē āp[pn.pl.kō] kōī[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] māl[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . therefore you[.kō] some new rich food receive[fut.m.sg.23] .
505Therefore, you will receive some new treasures.
386दादियों को देख करके सभी को बहुत खुशी होती है ना . dādiyō̃ kō dēkh karkē sabhī kō bahut khuśhī hōtī hai nā . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bahut khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā . Dadi to see[root] do[abs.] all to very happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ .
506Everyone is very happy when they see the Dadis.
387सभी का स्नेह भी सेवा का प्रत्यक्षफल है . sabhī kā snēh bhī sēvā kā pratyakṣhaphal hai . sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all of love too service of x be[pres.sg.23] .
507Everyone's love is the practical fruit of service.
388तो सारे दिन में कितने फल मिलते हैं ! tō sārē din mē̃ kitnē phal miltē haĩ ! tō sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ! then the whole day in so fruit receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] !
508How much fruit do you receive throughout the day?
389जो भी देखते हैं वो किस नजर से देखते हैं ? jō bhī dēkhtē haĩ vō kis najar sē dēkhtē haĩ ? jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] kaun[pn.sg.o.]|kyā[pn.sg.o.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? that too see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that (who|what) glance from see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
509You receive a lot, do you not? 510With what vision does everyone see you?
390सबके दिल से वाह दादी वाह , वाह दादी वाह निकलता है . sabkē dil sē vāh dādī vāh , vāh dādī vāh nikaltā hai . sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] vāh dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vāh , vāh dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vāh nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] . everyone's heart from wah! Dadi wah! , wah! Dadi wah! be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] .
511The words, "Wah! wah! 512Wah! 513Dadi! 514Wah!" emerge from everyone's heart.
391ये भी सेवा का फल है . yē bhī sēvā kā phal hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this too service of fruit be[pres.sg.23] .
515This is also the fruit of service.
392जितना जो स्नेह से , निस्वार्थ सेवा करते हैं उनको प्रत्यक्षफल सदा ही मिलता है और सर्व से मिलता है . jitnā jō snēh sē , nisvārth sēvā kartē haĩ unkō pratyakṣhaphal sadā hī miltā hai aur sarv sē miltā hai . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , niḥsvārth[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.kō] pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā hī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] aur sarv[adj.] sē[postp.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . the more that love from , altruistic service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kō] x constantly only receive[pres.sg.m.23] and all from receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
516The more service one does with love and selflessness, the more one constantly receive the practical fruit from everyone.
393सबके दिल से निकलता है-हमारी दादी , या कहेंगे कि ये लन्दन की दादी है , ये मधुबन की दादी है ? sabkē dil sē nikaltā hai-hamārī dādī , yā kahē̃gē ki yē London key|kī dādī hai , yē madhuban key|kī dādī hai ? sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nikalnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , yā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] London key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] key|karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? everyone's heart from be extracted[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x Dadi , or say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that this x (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Dadi be[pres.sg.23] , this Madhuban (key|do[past-part.f.]|of) Dadi be[pres.sg.23] ?
517What emerges in everyone's heart? 518Our Dadi. 519Or would you say that this one is London's Dadi and this one is Madhuban's Dadi?
394सबकी दादियाँ है . sabkī dādiyā̃ hai . sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . everyone's Dadi be[pres.sg.23] .
520They are everyone's Dadis.
395जो विश्व अधिकारी बनते हैं उसको अभी से सर्व , उसमें भी विशेष ब्राह्मण अपना मानेंगे . jō viśhva adhikārī bantē haĩ uskō abhī sē sarv , usmē̃ bhī viśhēṣh brāhmaṇ apnā mānē̃gē . jō[pn.;d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.kō] ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] sarv[adj.] , vah[pn.sg.mē̃] bhī[p.] viśhēṣh[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.]|apnānā[root] mānnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that world (one) who has a right become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that[.kō] now from all , that[.mē̃] too special Brahmin (one’s own|adopt[root]) x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
521Those who become world rulers are considered to belong to everyone and the Brahmins will especially consider them (the Dadis) to belong to them.
396अच्छा , ठीक है ? achchhā , ṭhīk hai ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? achcha , OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
522Achcha, are you all right?
397सब बहुत अच्छा ! sab bahut achchhā ! sab[adj.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! all very achcha !
523Everything is fine.
398खराब तो होना ही नहीं है . kharāb tō hōnā hī nahī̃ hai . kharāb[adj.] tō hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . bad then be[inf.m.sg.d.] only not be[pres.sg.23] .
524Nothing is going to be bad.
399अभी सिर्फ बीच बीच में थोड़ी रेस्ट ले लो , बाकी अच्छा है . abhī sirph bīch bīch mē̃ thōṛī rest lē lō , bākī achchhā hai . ab[adv.hī] sirph[adj.] bīch bīch mē̃[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rest lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] , bākī|bākī achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now only centre centre in short x take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] , (others|but) achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
525Now, simply take a rest every now and again. 526But otherwise, everything is fine.
400उमंग उत्साह रखने से औरों का भी उमंग उत्साह बढ़ता रहता है . umaṅg utsāh rakhnē sē aurō̃ kā bhī umaṅg utsāh baṛhtā rahtā hai . umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] aurō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] . zeal enthusiasm keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] from others of too zeal enthusiasm grow[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
527By your keeping zeal and enthusiasm, everyone else's zeal and enthusiasm also increases.
401सिर्फ उड़ने वाले नहीं हो लेकिन उड़ाने वाले हो . sirph uṛnē vālē nahī̃ hō lēkin uṛānē vālē hō . sirph[adj.] uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin uṛānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . only fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
528You are not one who is going to fly but one who will make others fly.
402सप्ताह में आधा दिन या एक दिन रेस्ट का रखो फिर आपका शरीर बहुत मदद देगा . saptāh mē̃ ādhā din yā ēk din rest kā rakhō phir āpkā śharīr bahut madad dēgā . saptāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] rest kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] āp[pn.pl.kā] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut madad[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] . week in half day or one day x of keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (then|turn[root]) you[.kā] body very x give[fut.m.sg.23] .
529Keep one day or halfaday in a week for rest and your body will help you a great deal.
403कुछ समय अभी रेस्ट चाहिये . kuchh samay abhī rest chāhiyē . kuchh samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] rest chāhiē . anything time now x should .
530You now need time for yourself.
404इतोने राइट हैण्ड तैयार हुए हैं , सभी देशों में राइट हैण्ड हैं . itōnē right hand taiyār huē haĩ , sabhī dēśhō̃ mē̃ right hand haĩ . x right hand[x] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , sab[adv.hī] dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] right hand[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x right hand x be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , all land in right hand be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
531So many right hands have been prepared; let them do everything.
405तो राइट हैण्ड को करने दो . tō right hand kō karnē dō . tō right hand[x] kō[postp.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] . then right hand to do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] .
532You do have right hands, do you not?
406सिर्फ बैक बोन रहो . sirph baik bōn rahō . sirph[adj.] x x rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . only x x remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
533There is a right hand in every country.
407पुराने पुराने आदि रत्न भी बहुत आये हैं . purānē purānē ādi ratna bhī bahut āyē haĩ . purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ādi[adj.] ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bahut ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . old old etc. jewel too very come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
534Let the right hands do everything. 535Simply remain a backbone.
40820 साल वाले हाथ उठाओ . 20 sāl vālē hāth uṭhāō . 20 sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 20 year those who raise your hands .
536Many old, original jewels have come.
409जो पहली बार आये हैं वो हाथ उठाओ . jō pahlī bār āyē haĩ vō hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bār[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.;d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that x time come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .
537Those who are twenty years or more, raise your hands.
410फर्स्ट टाइम वालों को विशेष मुबारक है . first time vālō̃ kō viśhēṣh mubārak hai . first[adj.] time vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . first time those who to special congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
538Fifteen to twenty years, raise your hands.
411अच्छे अच्छे आये हैं . achchhē achchhē āyē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha achcha come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
539Ten to twelve years, raise your hands.
412अभी अमर भव के वरदान को सदा साथ रखना . abhī amar bhav K|kē vardān kō sadā sāth rakhnā . ab[adv.hī] amar[adj.] bhav|bhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sadā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now immortal (may you be|x) (K|of) blessing to constantly with keep[inf.m.sg.d.] . 413ओम् शान्ति . ōm śhānti . ōm śhānti[x] . Om Shanti .
540Those who have come first time, raise your hands.
414 ( बच्चों ने बापदादा के साथ शिव जयन्ती मनाई , गीत गाये , मोमबत्तियां जलाई , केक काटी . ( bachchō̃ nē bāpdādā kē sāth śhiv jayantī manāī , gīt gāyē , mōmabattiyā̃ jalāī , cake kāṭī . ( bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bāpdādā kē sāth[x] śhiv jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] manānā[past-part.f.] , gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , x jalānā[past-part.f.] , cake kāṭnā[past-part.f.] . ( child ∅ BapDada with Shiva Jayanti celebrate[past-part.f.] , x sing[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , x burn[past-part.f.] , cake bite[past-part.f.] .
541Special congratulations to those who have come for the first time. 542Many good ones have come.
415बापदादा ने स्टेज पर खड़े होकर अपने हस्तों से झण्डा लहराया और सबको बधाइयाँ दी ) bāpdādā nē stage par khaṛē hōkar apnē hastō̃ sē jhaṇḍā laharāyā aur sabkō badhāiyā̃ the|dī ) bāpdādā nē[postp.] stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[abs.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hast[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur sabkō badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] the|dēnā[past-part.f.] ) BapDada ∅ stage (at|other) standing be[abs.] one’s own x from flag hoist[past-part.m.sg.d.] and everything greetings (the|give[past-part.f.]) )
543Now constantly keep the blessing of being immortal with you. 544Om Shanti.
416इस झण्डे को लहराने के पहले सबके दिलों में जो स्नेह का झण्डा लहरा रहे हैं वह देख देखहर्षित हो रहे हैं . is jhaṇḍē kō laharānē K|kē pahlē sabkē dilō̃ mē̃ jō snēh kā jhaṇḍā laharā rahē haĩ vah dēkh dēkhaharṣit hō rahē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.o.] jhaṇḍā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] laharānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] dēkhnā[root] x hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . this flag to hoist[inf.m.pl.,o.] (K|of) (x|firstly) everyone's heart in that love of flag hoist[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that see[root] x be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
545Flag hoisting:Before hoisting this flag, BapDada is happy to see the flag of love hoisted in everyone's heart.
417पहले सबके दिलों में स्नेह का , सेवा का झण्डा है फिर यह निशानी है आप सबकी . pahlē sabkē dilō̃ mē̃ snēh kā , sēvā kā jhaṇḍā hai phir yah niśhānī hai āp sabkī . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] phir[adv.]|phirnā[root] yah[pn.sg.d.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] . (x|firstly) everyone's heart in love of , service of flag be[pres.sg.23] (then|turn[root]) this sign be[pres.sg.23] you everyone's .
546First, there is the flag of love and service in everyone's heart, and this is then the sign of all of you.
418सबके खुशनुमः चेहरे सारे विश्व में खुशियाँ लहरा रहे हैं . sabkē khuśhnumaḥ chēhrē sārē viśhva mē̃ khuśhiyā̃ laharā rahē haĩ . sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khuśhnumā[adj.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] laharānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . everyone's happy face the whole world in happiness hoist[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
547The happy faces of all of you are bringing about happiness in the entire world.
419खुशियों के वायब्रेशन चारों ओर विश्व में जा रहे हैं . khuśhiyō̃ K|kē vibration chārō̃ ōr viśhva mē̃ jā rahē haĩ . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vibration chārō̃ ōr[x] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . happiness (K|of) vibrations everywhere world in go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
548Vibrations of happiness are being spread around in all four directions of the world.
420ऐसे ही सदा खुशियों के वायब्रेशन देते रहना और बाप का प्रैक्टिकल प्रत्यक्षता का झण्डा लहराते रहना . aisē hī sadā khuśhiyō̃ K|kē vibration dētē rahnā aur bāp kā practical pratyakṣhatā kā jhaṇḍā laharātē rahnā . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] sadā khuśhī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] K|kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vibration dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] practical pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . such only constantly happiness (K|of) vibrations give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] and father of practical revelation of flag hoist[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
549Continue to give vibrations of happiness at all times and let the flag of the practical glorification of BapDada constantly remain hoisted. 550Achcha.
421अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
551* * * O MS H A N T I * * *